Glossary

Types of attestation for names and terms of the corresponding source language

This term is attested in a manuscript used as a source for this translation.

This term is attested in other manuscripts with a parallel or similar context.

This term is attested in dictionaries matching Tibetan to the corresponding language.

The attestation of this name is approximate. It is based on other names where the relationship between the Tibetan and source language is attested in dictionaries or other manuscripts.

This term is a reconstruction based on the Tibetan phonetic rendering of the term.

This term is a reconstruction based on the semantics of the Tibetan translation.

This term has been supplied from an unspecified source, which most often is a widely trusted dictionary.

g.1
Ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja
Wylie: rgyan dang gdugs kyi dbyangs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་དང་གདུགས་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ābharaṇacchatra­nirghoṣa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.2
Abhāskara
Wylie: nyi ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མ།
Sanskrit: abhāskara
The ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.3
Ābhāsvara
Wylie: kun snang dang ba, gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་སྣང་དང་བ།, གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ābhāsvara
The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm. In other contexts, the Tibetan ’od gsal ba usually refers to Ābhāsvara, and the Tibetan gya nom snang ba would refer to Sudṛśa.
g.4
Abhayaṃkarā
Wylie: mi ’jigs pa byed pa
Tibetan: མི་འཇིགས་པ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: abhayaṃkarā
A world realm in the distant past.
g.5
Abhijñāketu
Wylie: mngon par shes pa’i dpal
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: abhijñāketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.6
Abhirāmaśrī
Wylie: mngon par dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: abhirāmaśrī
The sixty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.7
Abhirāma­śrīvakrā
Wylie: mngon par mdzes pa’i dpal
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་མཛེས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: abhirāma­śrīvakrā
A dancer’s daughter in the distant past.
g.8
Abhirāmavartā
Wylie: yid du ’ong ba’i bzhin
Tibetan: ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: abhirāmavartā
An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.9
Abhiratī
Wylie: mngon par dga’ ba
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: abhiratī
The realm of the Buddha Akṣobhya, beyond countless buddha realms in the eastern direction.
g.10
Abhyuccadeva
Wylie: shin tu mtho ba’i lha
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: abhyuccadeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.11
Abhyuddhara
Wylie: shin tu mtho ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: abhyuddhara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.12
Abhyudgata
Wylie: mngon ’phags ’od mnga’
Tibetan: མངོན་འཕགས་འོད་མངའ།
Sanskrit: abhyudgata
The fifteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the seventy-fourth buddha in the same kalpa.
g.13
Abhyudgata­karman
Wylie: phrin las ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཕྲིན་ལས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhyudgata­karman
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.14
Abhyudgata­prabha­śrī
Wylie: mngon par ’phags ’od dpal
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་འཕགས་འོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: abhyudgata­prabha­śrī
The fifty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Abhyudgata­prabha­śirī .
g.15
Acalā
Wylie: mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: acalā
A young upāsikā, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 22.
g.16
Acaladeva
Wylie: mi g.yo ba’i lha
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: acaladeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.17
Acalaskandha
Wylie: lhun mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: ལྷུན་མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: acalaskandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.18
Acalendrarāja
Wylie: mi g.yo ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: མི་གཡོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: acalendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.19
ācārya
Wylie: slob dpon
Tibetan: སློབ་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: ācārya
A spiritual teacher, “one who knows the conduct or practice (ācāra) to be performed”; this can also be a title for a scholar, although that is not the context in this sūtra.
g.20
Acintya­buddha­viṣaya­nidarśana­nirghoṣā
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi yul bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: acintya­buddha­viṣaya­nidarśana­nirghoṣā
“The Voice That Reveals the Range of Countless Buddhas.” The name of a ray of light.
g.21
Acintya­guṇa­prabha
Wylie: yon tan bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: acintya­guṇa­prabha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.22
Acintya­śrī
Wylie: bsam gyis mi khyab pa’i dpal
Tibetan: བསམ་གྱིས་མི་ཁྱབ་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: acintya­śrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.23
acts with immediate result on death
Wylie: mtshams med pa’i las
Tibetan: མཚམས་མེད་པའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: anantaryakarma
The five actions that lead to going instantly to hell on death are killing one’s father, killing one’s mother, killing an arhat, splitting the saṅgha, and wounding a buddha so that he bleeds.
g.24
Ādarśa­maṇḍala­nibhāsā
Wylie: me long gi dkyil ’khor ltar snang ba
Tibetan: མེ་ལོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ལྟར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ādarśa­maṇḍala­nibhāsā
The realm of the Buddha Candra­buddhi.
g.25
Adhimuktitejas
Wylie: mos pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: མོས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: adhimuktitejas
A buddha in the distant past. The name as given in verse. In prose he is called Vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas.
g.26
Adhordhvadig­jñānāvabhāsa
Wylie: spyi’u tshugs kyi phyogs ye shes kyis snang bar mdzad pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྤྱིའུ་ཚུགས་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་སྣང་བར་མཛད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: adhordhvadig­jñānāvabhāsa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.27
Adīna­kusuma
Wylie: me tog dam pa
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: adīna­kusuma
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.28
Āditya­garbha­prabha­megha­rāja
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po ’od sprin rgyal po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ་འོད་སྤྲིན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: āditya­garbha­prabha­megha­rāja
“The King of Clouds of the Light of the Essence of the Sun.” The name of the precious jewel of a cakravartin in the distant past.
g.29
Āditya­tejas
Wylie: nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: āditya­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.30
aerial palace
Wylie: gzhal myed khang, gzhal med khang
Tibetan: གཞལ་མྱེད་ཁང་།, གཞལ་མེད་ཁང་།
Sanskrit: vimāna
These palaces served as both vehicles and residences for deities.
g.31
agarwood
Wylie: a ga ru
Tibetan: ཨ་ག་རུ།
Sanskrit: agaru
The resinous heartwood of the Aquilaria and Gyirnops evergreen trees in India and southeast Asia, also known as aloeswood (agallochum).
g.32
Agni
Wylie: me lha
Tibetan: མེ་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: agni
The Indian god of fire.
g.33
Agniśrī
Wylie: me’i dpal
Tibetan: མེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: agniśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.34
Agrasānumati
Wylie: thugs drag po
Tibetan: ཐུགས་དྲག་པོ།
Sanskrit: agrasānumati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.35
Agrayāna
Wylie: theg pa dam pa
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: agrayāna
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.36
Airāvaṇa
Sanskrit: airāvaṇa
The white elephant that is the mount of Indra (or Śakra). See n.­542.
g.37
Airāvata
Wylie: shugs ldan
Tibetan: ཤུགས་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: airāvata
A nāga king.
g.38
Ajitasena
Wylie: myi pham sde
Tibetan: མྱི་ཕམ་སྡེ།
Sanskrit: ajitasena
A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 51.
g.39
Akampitagarbha
Wylie: snying bo mi g.yo ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་བོ་མི་གཡོ་བ།
Sanskrit: akampitagarbha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1906.
g.40
Akampyanetra
Wylie: spyan mi ’gyur ba
Tibetan: སྤྱན་མི་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: akampyanetra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.41
Akaniṣṭha
Wylie: ’og min
Tibetan: འོག་མིན།
Sanskrit: akaniṣṭha
The highest paradise among the Śuddhāvāsa paradises, which are the five highest in the form realm; therefore, this is the highest point within a world realm.
g.42
Ākāśa­jñānārtha­pradīpa
Wylie: nam mkha’i ye shes don gyi sgron ma
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་དོན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: ākāśa­jñānārtha­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.43
Akṣaṇa­rucira­vairocanā
Wylie: mtshan gyi ’od rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི་འོད་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣaṇa­rucira­vairocanā
A buddha realm in the upward direction.
g.44
Akṣaya­buddha­vaṃśa­nirdeśā
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi rigs mi zad pa shin tu ston pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་རིགས་མི་ཟད་པ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: akṣaya­buddha­vaṃśa­nirdeśā
A buddha realm in the upward direction.
g.45
Akṣobhya
Wylie: mi sgul ba
Tibetan: མི་སྒུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: akṣobhya
The buddha in the eastern realm of Abhiratī. The translation of his name in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, which are either mi ’khrugs pa, mi skyod pa, or mi bskyod pa. In the higher tantras he is the head of one the five buddha families, the vajra family, in the east, and he was also well known early in the Mahāyāna sūtra tradition.
g.46
Āloka­maṇḍala­prabha
Wylie: snang ba’i dkyil ’khor ’od
Tibetan: སྣང་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་འོད།
Sanskrit: āloka­maṇḍala­prabha
The sixty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.47
Amita
Wylie: dpag tu med pa
Tibetan: དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: amita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.48
Amitābha
Wylie: ’od snang mtha’ yas pa, mi dpogs ’od
Tibetan: འོད་སྣང་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།, མི་དཔོགས་འོད།
Sanskrit: amitābha
The buddha of the western realm of Sukhāvatī, he is also known as Amitāyus. The Tibetan translation of Amitābha in this sūtra differs from the usual translations, either ’od dpag med or snang ba mtha’ yas. It is also the name in chapter 44 of a future buddha in this kalpa. In that instance the Tibetan is mi dpogs ’od.
g.49
Amitatosala
Wylie: dga’ ’dzin tshad med
Tibetan: དགའ་འཛིན་ཚད་མེད།
Sanskrit: amitatosala
A region in South India.
g.50
amrita
Wylie: bdud rtsi
Tibetan: བདུད་རྩི།
Sanskrit: amṛta
The divine nectar that prevents death, often used metaphorically for the Dharma.
g.51
Amṛta­parvata­prabhā­tejas
Wylie: bdud rtsi’i ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: བདུད་རྩིའི་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: amṛta­parvata­prabhā­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.52
Anabhibhūta­mukuṭa
Wylie: zil gyis non pa myed pa’i cod pan
Tibetan: ཟིལ་གྱིས་ནོན་པ་མྱེད་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: anabhibhūta­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.53
anabhilāpyānabhilāpya
Wylie: brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du med pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilāpyānabhilāpya
The term for the second-largest number given in this sūtra.
g.54
anabhilāpyānabhilāpya­parivarta
Wylie: brjod du med pa’i yang brjod du med pa la bsgres
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པའི་ཡང་བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པ་ལ་བསྒྲེས།
Sanskrit: anabhilāpyānabhilāpya­parivarta
The term for the largest number given in this sūtra.
g.55
Anabhilāpyodgata
Wylie: brjod du med par ’phags pa
Tibetan: བརྗོད་དུ་མེད་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anabhilāpyodgata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.56
Anabhraka
Wylie: sprin dang bral ba
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anabhraka
In the Sarvāstivāda tradition, the lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.
g.57
Anala
Wylie: me
Tibetan: མེ།
Sanskrit: anala
A king in South India.
g.58
Anālayavyūha
Wylie: gnas med rnam par brgyan
Tibetan: གནས་མེད་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit: anālayavyūha, anālayaviyūha
“Unlocated Display.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse Anālayaviyūha.
g.59
Ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati
Wylie: stobs mtha’ yas grags par brjod pa’i dpal yang dag par ’byung ba’i blo gros
Tibetan: སྟོབས་མཐའ་ཡས་གྲགས་པར་བརྗོད་པའི་དཔལ་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: ananta­bala­vighuṣṭa­nirnādita­śrī­saṃbhava­mati
A buddha in the distant past.
g.60
Anantaghoṣa
Wylie: gsung mtha’ yas pa
Tibetan: གསུང་མཐའ་ཡས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantaghoṣa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.61
Ananta­raśmi­dharma­dhātu­samalaṃkṛta­dharma­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings ’od gzer mtha’ yas pas yongs su brgyan pa’i chos kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་འོད་གཟེར་མཐའ་ཡས་པས་ཡོངས་སུ་བརྒྱན་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ananta­raśmi­dharma­dhātu­samalaṃkṛta­dharma­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.62
Anantāsana
Wylie: mtha’ yas bzhugs pa
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་བཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anantāsana
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.63
Ananyagāmin
Wylie: gzhan du mi ’gro ba
Tibetan: གཞན་དུ་མི་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: ananyagāmin
A bodhisattva and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 31.
g.64
Anāthapiṇḍada
Wylie: skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin
Tibetan: སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: anāthapiṇḍada
A wealthy merchant in the town of Śrāvastī, famous for his generosity to the poor, who became a patron of the Buddha Śākyamuni. He bought Prince Jeta’s Grove (Skt. Jetavana), to be the Buddha’s first monastery, a place where the monks could stay during the monsoon.
g.65
Anavadya
Wylie: kha na ma tho ba mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཁ་ན་མ་ཐོ་བ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: anavadya
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.66
Anavamarda­bala­ketu
Wylie: stobs la thub pa myed pa’i dpal
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལ་ཐུབ་པ་མྱེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: anavamarda­bala­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.67
Anāvaraṇa­darśin
Wylie: bsgribs pa med par gzigs pa
Tibetan: བསྒྲིབས་པ་མེད་པར་གཟིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇa­darśin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.68
Anāvaraṇa­dharma­gagana­prabha
Wylie: chos kyi nam mkha’ sgrib pa med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་སྒྲིབ་པ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: anāvaraṇa­dharma­gagana­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.69
Anavatapta
Wylie: ma dros pa
Tibetan: མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: anavatapta
A nāga king whose domain is Lake Anavatapta. According to Buddhist cosmology, this lake is located near Mount Sumeru and is the source of the four great rivers of Jambudvīpa. It is often identified with Lake Manasarovar at the foot of Mount Kailash in Tibet.
g.70
Anavatapta
Wylie: ma dros pa
Tibetan: མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: anavatapta
A lake north of the Himalayas believed to be the source of the river Sutlej and identified with Rakshastal.
g.71
Anihānārtha
Wylie: don mi dma’ ba
Tibetan: དོན་མི་དམའ་བ།
Sanskrit: anihānārtha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.72
Anihatamalla
Wylie: stobs la thub pa med pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ལ་ཐུབ་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anihatamalla
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.73
Anihitamati
Wylie: blo mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan: བློ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: anihitamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.74
Aniketa
Wylie: gnas dang bral ba
Tibetan: གནས་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: aniketa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.75
Anilambha
Wylie: dmigs su med pa
Tibetan: དམིགས་སུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anilambha
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.76
Anilambha­cakṣurvairocana
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i spyan rnam par dmigs pa
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་སྤྱན་རྣམ་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: anilambha­cakṣurvairocana
A buddha in a northeastern realm. See n.­442.
g.77
Anilambha­cakṣuṣa
Wylie: myi dmyigs pa’i spyan
Tibetan: མྱི་དམྱིགས་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: anilambha­cakṣuṣa
A buddha in a northeastern realm.
g.78
Anilambha­mati
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: anilambha­mati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.79
Anilambha­sunirmita
Wylie: dmigs pa med par shin tu sprul ba
Tibetan: དམིགས་པ་མེད་པར་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྤྲུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anilambha­sunirmita
A bodhisattva in a northeastern realm.
g.80
Anilanema
Wylie: rlung gi mu khyud
Tibetan: རླུང་གི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit: anilanema
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.81
Anilaśrī
Wylie: mi dmigs pa’i dpal
Tibetan: མི་དམིགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: anilaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.82
Anilavegaśrī
Wylie: rlung gi drag shul dpal
Tibetan: རླུང་གི་དྲག་ཤུལ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: anilavegaśrī
The seventy-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Anilavegaśirī.
g.83
Anilayajñāna
Wylie: mi gnas ye shes
Tibetan: མི་གནས་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: anilayajñāna
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.84
Animittaprajña
Wylie: mtshan ma med pa’i shes rab
Tibetan: མཚན་མ་མེད་པའི་ཤེས་རབ།
Sanskrit: animittaprajña
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.85
Aninema
Wylie: len pa med pa’i mu khyud
Tibetan: ལེན་པ་མེད་པའི་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit: aninema
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.86
Aninetra
Wylie: len pa med pa’i spyan
Tibetan: ལེན་པ་མེད་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: aninetra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.87
Aniruddha
Wylie: ’gag myed
Tibetan: འགག་མྱེད།
Sanskrit: aniruddha
The Buddha’s cousin and one of his ten principal pupils, he was renowned for his clairvoyance. Often translated elsewhere as ma ’gags pa.
g.88
Anudharmamati
Wylie: gnyer ba’i chos kyi blo gros
Tibetan: གཉེར་བའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: anudharmamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.89
Anugrahacandra
Wylie: rjes su ’dzin pa’i zla ba
Tibetan: རྗེས་སུ་འཛིན་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: anugrahacandra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.90
Anugrahamati
Wylie: thugs brtse ba’i blo gros
Tibetan: ཐུགས་བརྩེ་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: anugrahamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.91
Anunayagātra
Wylie: byams pa’i rigs
Tibetan: བྱམས་པའི་རིགས།
Sanskrit: anunayagātra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.92
Anunayavigata
Wylie: chags pa mi mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མི་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: anunayavigata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.93
Anupagamanāman
Wylie: mtshan dpe med pa
Tibetan: མཚན་དཔེ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: anupagamanāman
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.94
anupama­svādu­phala­nicita
Wylie: ro dpe med pa’i ’bras bu’i tshogs
Tibetan: རོ་དཔེ་མེད་པའི་འབྲས་བུའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: anupamasvādu­phala­nicita
A magical tree, the name of which means “covered in excellent, delicious fruit.”
g.95
Anurūpasvara
Wylie: tshul dang ’dra ba’i gzungs
Tibetan: ཚུལ་དང་འདྲ་བའི་གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: anurūpasvara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.96
Anuttara­dharma­gocara
Wylie: bla na med pa’i chos kyi spyod yul
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་ཡུལ།
Sanskrit: anuttara­dharma­gocara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.97
Anuttara­rāja
Wylie: bla na med pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: anuttara­rāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.98
Anuttara­śrī
Wylie: bla na med pa’i dpal
Tibetan: བླ་ན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: anuttara­śrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.99
Aparājita­dhvaja­bala
Wylie: gzhan gyis mi thub rgyal mtshan stobs
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: aparājita­dhvaja­bala
The ninety-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.100
Aparājita­jñāna­sthāma
Wylie: ye shes gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i mthu
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་མཐུ།
Sanskrit: aparājita­jñāna­sthāma
A buddha in the distant past.
g.101
Aparājita­meru
Wylie: gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i ri bo
Tibetan: གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: aparājita­meru
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.102
Aparājita­vrata­dhvaja
Wylie: mi pham brtul zhugs rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: མི་ཕམ་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: aparājita­vrata­dhvaja
The forty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.103
Aparimita­guṇa­dharma
Wylie: yon tan dpag tu med pa mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་དཔག་ཏུ་མེད་པ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: aparimita­guṇa­dharma
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.104
Aparyanta­bhadra
Wylie: mtha’ yas bzang po
Tibetan: མཐའ་ཡས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: aparyanta­bhadra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.105
apasmāra
Wylie: brjed byed
Tibetan: བརྗེད་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: apasmāra
A class of nonhuman beings believed to cause epilepsy, fits, and loss of memory. As their name suggests‍—the Skt. apasmāra literally means “without memory” and the Tib. brjed byed means “causing forgetfulness”‍—they are defined by the condition they cause in affected humans, and the term can refer to any nonhuman being that causes such conditions, whether a bhūta, a piśāca, or other.
g.106
Apāya­pramathana
Wylie: ngan song rab tu ’joms pa
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་རབ་ཏུ་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: apāya­pramathana
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.107
Apramāṇābha
Wylie: tshad med snang ba
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: apramāṇābha
The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm.
g.108
Apramāṇa­guṇa­sāgara­prabha
Wylie: yon tan rgya mtsho tshad med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཚད་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: apramāṇa­guṇa­sāgara­prabha
A buddha in a northwestern realm.
g.109
Apramāṇa­śubha
Wylie: tshad med dge
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་དགེ
Sanskrit: apramāṇa­śubha
The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.
g.110
Apratihata­guṇa­kīrti­vimokṣa­prabha­rāja
Wylie: yon tan grags pa thogs pa med pa’i rnam par thar pa’i ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་གྲགས་པ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: apratihata­guṇa­kīrti­vimokṣa­prabha­rāja
A buddha in a realm in the upward direction.
g.111
apsaras
Wylie: lha mo
Tibetan: ལྷ་མོ།
Sanskrit: apsaras
Popular figures in Indian culture, they are said to be goddesses of the clouds and water. They are also portrayed as the wives of the gandharvas who are the court musicians for Śakra/Indra on top of Mount Meru.
g.112
Arapacana alphabet
Wylie: a ra pa tsa na
Tibetan: ཨ་ར་པ་ཙ་ན།
Sanskrit: arapacana
The alphabet of the Kharoṣṭhī script, forming an important mnemonic incantation.
g.113
Arciḥ­samudra­mukha­vega­pradīpa
Wylie: ’od ’phro rgya mtsho’i sgo’i sgron ma
Tibetan: འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: arciḥ­samudra­mukha­vega­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.114
Arcirmahendra
Wylie: ’od ’phro mnga’ chen
Tibetan: འོད་འཕྲོ་མངའ་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: arcirmahendra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.115
Arcirmaṇḍala­gātra
Wylie: sku ’od ’phro ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: སྐུ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: arcirmaṇḍala­gātra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.116
Arciścandra
Wylie: mchod pa’i zla ba
Tibetan: མཆོད་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: arciścandra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.117
Arciṣmat
Wylie: ’od ’phro mnga’ ba
Tibetan: འོད་འཕྲོ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: arciṣmat
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.118
Arcitabrahman
Wylie: mchod pa’i tshangs pa
Tibetan: མཆོད་པའི་ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: arcitabrahman
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.119
Arcitanama
Wylie: ’od zer mu khyud
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་མུ་ཁྱུད།
Sanskrit: arcitanama
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.120
arhat
Wylie: dgra bcom pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: arhat
Used both as an epithet of the Buddha and to mean the final accomplishment of the śrāvaka path.
g.121
Arigupta
Wylie: dgra las dben pa
Tibetan: དགྲ་ལས་དབེན་པ།
Sanskrit: arigupta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.122
ārya
Wylie: ’phags pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ārya
Generally has the common meaning of a noble male, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a male who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.
g.123
āryā
Wylie: ’phags ma
Tibetan: འཕགས་མ།
Sanskrit: āryā
Generally has the common meaning of a noble female, one of a higher class or caste. In Dharma terms it means a female who has gained the realization of the path and is superior for that reason.
g.124
Āryadeva
Wylie: Ar+Ya de wa
Tibetan: ཨཱརྻ་དེ་ཝ།
Sanskrit: āryadeva
Third-century disciple of Nāgārjuna. His name is usually translated into Tibetan as ’phags pa lha.
g.125
Āśā
Wylie: yid bzhin
Tibetan: ཡིད་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: āśā
An upāsikā in South India.
g.126
Asadṛśa­guṇa­kīrti­dhvaja
Wylie: yon tan mi mtshungs grags pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་མི་མཚུངས་གྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: asadṛśa­guṇa­kīrti­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.127
asaṃkhyeya
Wylie: grangs med pa
Tibetan: གྲངས་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: asaṃkhyeya
The name of a certain kind of kalpa that literally means “incalculable.” The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number. Also, twenty intermediate kalpas are said to be one incalculable kalpa, and four incalculable kalpas are one great kalpa. In light of that, those four incalculable kalpas represent the kalpas of the creation, presence, destruction, and absence of a world. Buddhas are often described as appearing in a second “incalculable” kalpa.
g.128
Asaṅga­bala­dhārin
Wylie: chags med stobs mnga’
Tibetan: ཆགས་མེད་སྟོབས་མངའ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­bala­dhārin
A buddha in the distant past.
g.129
Asaṅga­bala­vīrya­mati
Wylie: stobs dang brtson ’grus thogs pa med pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: སྟོབས་དང་བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­bala­vīrya­mati
A bodhisattva in a realm in the upward direction.
g.130
Asaṅga­buddhi
Wylie: chags pa myed pa’i blo
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­buddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.131
Asaṅga­citta
Wylie: chags pa med pa’i sems
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་སེམས།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­citta
A bodhisattva in a western realm.
g.132
Asaṅga­dhvaja
Wylie: chags myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཆགས་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­dhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.133
Asaṅga­jñāna­ketu­dhvaja­rāja
Wylie: ye shes nam mkha’ lta bur chags pa med pa’i dpal gyi rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ནམ་མཁའ་ལྟ་བུར་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­jñāna­ketu­dhvaja­rāja
A buddha in a realm in the downward direction.
g.134
Asaṅga­kāya­raśmi­tejomati
Wylie: lus kyi ’od zer thogs pa med pa’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: ལུས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཟེར་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­kāya­raśmi­tejomati
A bodhisattva in a northwestern realm. See n.­444.
g.135
Asaṅga­mati
Wylie: blo gros chags pa med
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཆགས་པ་མེད།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­mati
The hundred-and-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.136
Asaṅga­mati­candra
Wylie: chags med zla ba’i blo
Tibetan: ཆགས་མེད་ཟླ་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­mati­candra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.137
Asaṅga­netra
Wylie: chags pa myed pa’i myig
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: asaṅga­netra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.138
Asaṅga­śrī­garbha­rāja
Wylie: dpal gyi snying po chags pa med pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་ཆགས་པ་མེད་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­śrī­garbha­rāja
A bodhisattva from a northern buddha realm.
g.139
Asaṅga­śrī­rāja
Wylie: chags pa myed pa’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­śrī­rāja
A bodhisattva from a northern buddha realm.
g.140
Asaṅga­svara
Wylie: chags pa myed pa’i sgra
Tibetan: ཆགས་པ་མྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: asaṅga­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.141
Asaṅgottara­jñānin
Wylie: chags myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཆགས་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: asaṅgottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.142
ashoka tree
Wylie: shing a sho ka
Tibetan: ཤིང་ཨ་ཤོ་ཀ
Sanskrit: aśoka
Saraca asoca. The aromatic blossoms are clustered together as orange, yellow, and red bunches of petals.
g.143
ashram
Wylie: dge ba sbyang ba’i gnas
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་སྦྱང་བའི་གནས།
Sanskrit: āśrama
A forest hermitage or place of practice for a renunciant practitioner.
g.144
Aśokaśrī
Wylie: mya ngan med pa’i dpal
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: aśokaśrī
Goddess of the assembly hall in Kapilavastu.
g.145
Aśokaviraja
Wylie: mya ngan med cing rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་མེད་ཅིང་རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: aśokaviraja
“Without misery, free of dust.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.146
aspects of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
The seven aspects of enlightenment are mindfulness, analysis of phenomena, diligence, joy, tranquility, and samādhi. Also translated here as “limbs of enlightenment.”
g.147
asteria
Wylie: skar ma mdog, ngang gis snang ba, skar ma snang ba
Tibetan: སྐར་མ་མདོག, ངང་གིས་སྣང་བ།, སྐར་མ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: jyotīrasa
A precious gem that, when cut, shows a luminous star shape. This includes such gems as star sapphires, star rubies, and star topazes. In some Kangyurs written incorrectly as sgra snang ba and with a wide variety of other spelling renditions. Jyotīrasa is translated as skar ma mdog in The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Toh 113, Saddharma­puṇḍarīka).
g.148
asura
Wylie: lha ma yin
Tibetan: ལྷ་མ་ཡིན།
Sanskrit: asura
One of the six classes of living beings, sometimes included among the gods and sometimes among the animals. A class of nonhuman beings, sometimes misleadingly called demigods, engendered and dominated by envy, ambition, and hostility, who are metaphorically described as being incessantly embroiled in a dispute with the gods over the possession of amrita.
g.149
Atapa
Wylie: ma dros pa
Tibetan: མ་དྲོས་པ།
Sanskrit: atapa
The fourth highest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.
g.150
Atulaprabha
Wylie: ’od gzhal du med pa
Tibetan: འོད་གཞལ་དུ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: atulaprabha
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.151
Atyanta­candra­mas
Wylie: mchog tu dga’ ba
Tibetan: མཆོག་ཏུ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: atyanta­candra­mas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.152
Atyuccagāmin
Wylie: shin tu mtho bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: atyuccagāmin
A buddha in the distant past.
g.153
Aupagama
Wylie: bskrun pa’i stag
Tibetan: བསྐྲུན་པའི་སྟག
Sanskrit: aupagama
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.154
Auṣadhirāja
Wylie: sman gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: སྨན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: auṣadhirāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.155
Avabhāsa­makuṭin
Wylie: snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan: སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: avabhāsa­makuṭin
A buddha in the distant past.
g.156
Avabhāsa­rāja
Wylie: snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: avabhāsa­rāja
The name of the eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. Also the name of the twenty-seventh buddha in a different kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Obhāsarāja.
g.157
Avabhāsa­sāgara­vyūha
Wylie: snang ba rgya mtshos brgyan pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་རྒྱ་མཚོས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: avabhāsa­sāgara­vyūha
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Obhāsa­sāgara­viyūha.
g.158
Avabhāsa­vyūha
Wylie: snang bas rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: avabhāsa­vyūha
“Display of Radiance,” the name of a certain kalpa in the distant past.
g.159
Avabhāsa­yanta­prabha­rājā
Wylie: snang ba’i ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: སྣང་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: avabhāsa­yanta­prabha­rājā
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Obhāsayanta­prabha­rājā.
g.160
avadavat
Wylie: ka la ping ka
Tibetan: ཀ་ལ་པིང་ཀ
Sanskrit: kalaviṅka
Also called “red avadavat,” “strawberry finch,” and “kalaviṅgka sparrow.” Dictionaries have erroneously identified it as a cuckoo. Outside India, kalaviṅka birds have evolved into a mythical half-human bird. The avadavat is a common bird in the Ganges plain and renowned for its beautiful song.
g.161
Avalokitanetra
Sanskrit: avalokitanetra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. See n.­44.
g.162
Avalokiteśvara
Wylie: spyan ras gzigs dbang phyug
Tibetan: སྤྱན་རས་གཟིགས་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: avalokiteśvara
First appeared as a bodhisattva beside Amitābha in the Sukhāvatī­vyūha Sūtra ( The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī , Toh 115). The name has been variously interpreted. In its meaning as “the lord of avalokita,” avalokita has been interpreted as “seeing,” although, as a past passive participle, it is literally “lord of what has been seen.” One of the principal sūtras in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition was the Avalokita Sūtra, which has not been translated into Tibetan, in which the word is a synonym for enlightenment, as it is “that which has been seen” by the buddhas. In the early tantras, he was one of the lords of the three families, as the embodiment of the compassion of the Buddhas. The Potalaka Mountain in South India became important in Southern Indian Buddhism as his residence in this world, but Potalaka does not feature in the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra ( The Basket’s Display , Toh 116), which is the most important sūtra dedicated to Avalokiteśvara.
g.163
Avaropaṇarāja
Wylie: sgrub pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྒྲུབ་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: avaropaṇarāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.164
Avīci
Wylie: mnar med
Tibetan: མནར་མེད།
Sanskrit: avīci
The lowest hell, the eighth of the eight hot hells.
g.165
Avivartya­dharma­dhātu­nirghoṣa
Wylie: phyir mi ldog pa’i chos kyi dbyings kyi dbyangs
Tibetan: ཕྱིར་མི་ལྡོག་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: avivartya­dharma­dhātu­nirghoṣa
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.166
Avṛha
Wylie: mi che ba
Tibetan: མི་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: avṛha
The lowest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm. It is said to be the most common rebirth for the “non-returners” of the Śrāvakayāna.
g.167
āyatana
Wylie: skye mched
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: āyatana
Twelve bases of sensory perception: the six sensory faculties (the eyes, nose, ear, tongue, body, and mind), which form in the womb and eventually have contact with the external six bases of sensory perception (form, smell, sound, taste, touch, and phenomena). This can also refer to the four meditative states associated with the formless realm: (1) infinite space, (2) infinite consciousness, (3) nothingness, and (4) neither perception nor nonperception.
g.168
Ayudhiṣṭhira
Wylie: g.yul du brtan pa
Tibetan: གཡུལ་དུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: ayudhiṣṭhira
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.169
Bālāha
Wylie: stobs kyis sgrol ba
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ཀྱིས་སྒྲོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: bālāha
In the Jātakas, Bālāha is a previous life of the Buddha Śākyamuni in which he saves merchants from the island of the rākṣasīs. In the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra ( The Basket’s Display , Toh 116), it is Avalokiteśvara as a horse, saving a previous life of Śākyamuni from that island.
g.170
Bala­prabhāsa­mati
Wylie: stobs snang blo gros
Tibetan: སྟོབས་སྣང་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: bala­prabhāsa­mati
The seventy-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.171
banyan
Wylie: n+ya gro da
Tibetan: ནྱ་གྲོ་ད།
Sanskrit: nyagrodha
Ficus benghalensis. Its branches can spread widely, sending down multiple trunks.
g.172
Bari Lotsawa
Wylie: ba ri lo tsA ba
Tibetan: བ་རི་ལོ་ཙཱ་བ།
Rinchen Drakpa (rin chen grags pa) 1040−1111 ᴄᴇ. He went to India at the age of fourteen and became a disciple of Vajrāsana. He later became the second head of the Sakya school.
g.173
bases of miraculous powers
Wylie: rdzu ’phrul gyi rkang pa
Tibetan: རྫུ་འཕྲུལ་གྱི་རྐང་པ།
Sanskrit: ṛddhipāda
The four qualities of samādhi that eliminate negative factors: aspiration, diligence, contemplation, and analysis.
g.174
Bhadra
Wylie: bzang po
Tibetan: བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadra
Meaning “good,” it is the name of this present kalpa, so called because over a thousand buddhas will appear within it.
g.175
Bhadrā
Wylie: bzang mo
Tibetan: བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: bhadrā
An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.176
Bhadramati
Wylie: bzang po’i blo gros
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: bhadramati
The queen of a cakravartin in the distant past, a previous life of the night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.
g.177
Bhadra­śrī (the buddha)
Wylie: bzang po’i dpal
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: bhadra­śrī
A buddha in a world realm in the eastern direction.
g.178
Bhadra­śrī (the upāsaka)
Wylie: bzang po’i dpal
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: bhadra­śrī
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.179
Bhadra­śrī (the upāsikā)
Wylie: dge ba’i dpal
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: bhadra­śrī
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.180
Bhadra­śrī­meru­tejas
Wylie: dpal gyi ri bo gzi brjid bzang po
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhadra­śrī­meru­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.181
Bhadrottamā
Wylie: bzang mo’i mchog
Tibetan: བཟང་མོའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit: bhadrottamā
The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 48.
g.182
bhagavat
Wylie: bcom ldan ’das
Tibetan: བཅོམ་ལྡན་འདས།
Sanskrit: bhagavān
“One who has bhaga,” which has many diverse meanings including “good fortune,” “happiness,” and “majesty.” In the Buddhist context, it means “one who has the good fortune of attaining enlightenment.”
g.183
Bhānuprabhā
Wylie: nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: bhānuprabhā
A merchant’s daughter, a previous life of Gopā.
g.184
Bharukaccha
Wylie: rgyas pa’i ’gram
Tibetan: རྒྱས་པའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit: bharukaccha
A town in South India.
g.185
Bhāskara­deva
Wylie: nyi ma’i lha
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: bhāskara­deva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.186
Bhāskara­pradīpa
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: bhāskara­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.187
bhikṣu
Wylie: dge slong
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་།
Sanskrit: bhikṣu
The term bhikṣu, often translated as “monk,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist monks and nuns‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a monk follows 253 rules as part of his moral discipline. A nun (bhikṣuṇī; dge slong ma) follows 364 rules. A novice monk (śrāmaṇera; dge tshul) or nun (śrāmaṇerikā; dge tshul ma) follows thirty-six rules of moral discipline (although in other vinaya traditions novices typically follow only ten).
g.188
bhikṣuṇī
Wylie: dge slong ma
Tibetan: དགེ་སློང་མ།
Sanskrit: bhikṣuṇī
The term bhikṣuṇī, often translated as “nun,” refers to the highest among the eight types of prātimokṣa vows that make one part of the Buddhist assembly. The Sanskrit term bhikṣu (to which the female grammatical ending ṇī is added) literally means “beggar” or “mendicant,” referring to the fact that Buddhist nuns and monks‍—like other ascetics of the time‍—subsisted on alms (bhikṣā) begged from the laity. In the Tibetan tradition, which follows the Mūlasarvāstivāda Vinaya, a bhikṣuṇī follows 364 rules and a bhikṣu follows 253 rules as part of their moral discipline.For the first few years of the Buddha’s teachings in India, there was no ordination for women. It started at the persistent request and display of determination of Mahāprajāpatī, the Buddha’s stepmother and aunt, together with five hundred former wives of men of Kapilavastu, who had themselves become monks. Mahāprajāpatī is thus considered to be the founder of the nun’s order.
g.189
Bhīṣmayaśas
Wylie: ’jigs par grags pa
Tibetan: འཇིགས་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: bhīṣmayaśas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.190
Bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa
Wylie: ’jigs mchog dbyangs
Tibetan: འཇིགས་མཆོག་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: bhīṣmottara­nirghoṣa
A ṛṣi, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 11.
g.191
Bhṛkuṭīmukha
Wylie: khro gnyer gdong
Tibetan: ཁྲོ་གཉེར་གདོང་།
Sanskrit: bhṛkuṭīmukha
A mahoraga lord.
g.192
bhūmi
Wylie: sa
Tibetan: ས།
Sanskrit: bhūmi
This is literally the “ground” in which qualities grow like plants, and it also means a “level.” As an untranslated term, bhūmi is used specifically to refer to levels of enlightenment, especially the seven or ten levels of the enlightened bodhisattvas. Sūtras such as the Perfection of Wisdom sūtras teach the seven bhūmis. The teaching of ten bhūmis was found in the Mahāsāṃghika tradition and particularly in the Daśa­bhūmika Sūtra (Toh 44, ch. 31, Ten Bhūmi Sūtra ), which is the thirty-first chapter in the Tibetan version of the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.
g.193
Bhūmipati
Wylie: sa’i bdag po
Tibetan: སའི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhūmipati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1902.
g.194
bhūta
Wylie: ’byung po
Tibetan: འབྱུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: bhūta
This term in its broadest sense can refer to any being, whether human, animal, or nonhuman. However, it is often used to refer to a specific class of nonhuman beings, especially when bhūtas are mentioned alongside rākṣasas, piśācas, or pretas. In common with these other kinds of nonhumans, bhūtas are usually depicted with unattractive and misshapen bodies. Like several other classes of nonhuman beings, bhūtas take spontaneous birth. As their leader is traditionally regarded to be Rudra-Śiva (also known by the name Bhūta), with whom they haunt dangerous and wild places, bhūtas are especially prominent in Śaivism, where large sections of certain tantras concentrate on them.
g.195
bignonia
Wylie: ba ta la
Tibetan: བ་ཏ་ལ།
Sanskrit: pāṭalā
Bignonia suaveolens. The Indian species of bignonia. These small trees have trumpet-shaped flowers and are common throughout India.
g.196
blue lotus
Wylie: ut pa la, ut+pa la
Tibetan: ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།, ཨུཏྤ་ལ།
Sanskrit: utpala
Nymphaea caerulea. The “blue lotus” is actually a lily, so it is also known as the blue water lily.
g.197
Bodhi tree
Wylie: byang chub kyi shing
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: bodhivṛkṣa
The tree beneath which every buddha will manifest the attainment of buddhahood.
g.198
Bodhiketu
Wylie: byang chub kyi dpal
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: bodhiketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.199
bodhimaṇḍa
Wylie: snying po byang chub
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍa
The exact place where every buddha in this world will manifest the attainment of buddhahood. In our world, it is the spot beneath the Bodhi tree in the village presently known as Bodhgaya. Literally, “the essence of enlightenment.” Also translated elsewhere as byang chub kyi snying po.
g.200
Bodhimaṇḍacūḍa
Wylie: byang chub dam pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: bodhimaṇḍacūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.201
Bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa
Wylie: byang chub dam pa’i cod pan
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་དམ་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: bodhi­maṇḍa­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.202
Bodhi­maṇḍa­vibuddha­śrī­candra
Wylie: snying po byang chub rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: bodhi­maṇḍa­vibuddha­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.203
Bodhisattva­piṭaka
Sanskrit: bodhisattva­piṭaka
“Basket” or “Collected Teachings for Bodhisattvas,” refers to the sūtras and teachings of the bodhisattva yāna in general.
g.204
boiled rice
Wylie: ’bras chan
Tibetan: འབྲས་ཆན།
Sanskrit: odana
The Sanskrit is also used for a porridge made from other grains.
g.205
Brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmā
The personification of the universal force of Brahman, the deity in the form realm, who was, during the Buddha’s time, considered the supreme deity and creator of the universe. In the cosmogony of many universes, each with a thousand million worlds, there are many Brahmās. Also called Mahābrahmā.
g.206
Brahmadattā
Wylie: tshangs pas byin
Tibetan: ཚངས་པས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: brahmadattā
An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.207
Brahmadeva
Wylie: tshangs pa’i lha
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: brahmadeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.208
Brahmaghoṣa
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: brahmaghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.209
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
The devas who live in Brahmakāyika, which can mean “the three paradises of Brahmā,” which are the first dhyāna paradises in the form realm, or more specifically, the lowest of these paradises, also known as Brahmapārṣada.
g.210
Brahmakāyika
Wylie: tshangs ris, tshangs pa’i ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་རིས།, ཚངས་པའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmakāyika
Brahmā’s paradise, the lowest of the three paradises that form the paradises of the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmapārṣada.
g.211
Brahmaketu
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: brahmaketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.212
Brahmapārṣada
Wylie: tshangs pa kun ris
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཀུན་རིས།
Sanskrit: brahmapārṣada
The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm. Also called Brahmakāyika.
g.213
Brahmaprabha
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: brahmaprabha
“Light of Brahmā.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.214
Brahmaprabha
Wylie: tshangs pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: brahmaprabha
The sixty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.215
Brahmapurohita
Wylie: tshangs lha nye phan
Tibetan: ཚངས་ལྷ་ཉེ་ཕན།
Sanskrit: brahmapurohita
The second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm.
g.216
Brahmaśuddha
Wylie: tshangs pa dag pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmaśuddha
A buddha in the past.
g.217
Brahmendracuḍa
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: brahmendracuḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.218
Brahmendrarāja
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: brahmendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.219
brahmin
Wylie: bram ze
Tibetan: བྲམ་ཟེ།
Sanskrit: brāhmaṇa
A member of the priestly class or caste from the four social divisions of India.
g.220
Brahmottama
Wylie: tshangs pa’i dam pa
Tibetan: ཚངས་པའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: brahmottama
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.221
Bṛhatphala
Wylie: ’bras bu che ba
Tibetan: འབྲས་བུ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: bṛhatphala
In the Sarvāstivada tradition, the highest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.
g.222
broth
Wylie: khur ba dang skyo ma
Tibetan: ཁུར་བ་དང་སྐྱོ་མ།
Sanskrit: sūpa
The Sanskrit term can refer any kind of soup or broth, but especially those made with peas, lentils, etc., with salt and flavoring. The Tibetan appears to have used two words to cover the range of meaning: the obscure khur ba, which, according to the Mahāvyutpatti, is the equivalent of the Sanskrit maṇḍa, though that refers to the scum from boiled rice, and skyo ma, which is a soup or broth made with flour and water.
g.223
Brother
Wylie: tshe dang ldan pa
Tibetan: ཚེ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: āyuśman
A respectful form of address between monks, and also between lay companions of equal standing. It literally means “one who has a [long] life.”
g.224
buddha realm
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་།
Sanskrit: buddhakṣetra
A pure realm manifested by a buddha or advanced bodhisattva through the power of their great merit and aspirations.
g.225
Buddhabhadra
Wylie: byang chub bzang po
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: buddhabhadra
359−429 ᴄᴇ. He was from North India and came to China in 408 and translated extensively. The Tibetan would more literally be sangs rgyas bzang po.
g.226
Buddha­gagana­prabhāsa­cūḍa
Wylie: sangs rgyas nam mkha’ snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ནམ་མཁའ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: buddha­gagana­prabhāsa­cūḍa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.227
Buddhamati
Wylie: sangs rgyas yod pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: buddhamati
A realm in the distant past.
g.228
Buddha­prabhā­maṇḍala­śrī­pradīpā
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor dpal gyi sgron ma
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: buddha­prabhā­maṇḍala­śrī­pradīpā
A world realm in the eastern direction.
g.229
Butön Rinpoché
Wylie: bu ston rin po che
Tibetan: བུ་སྟོན་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Butön Rinchen Drup (bu ston rin chen grub, 1290−364). A master of the Sakya school, he was an influential scholar, historian, and compiler and cataloger of the canon.
g.230
caitya
Wylie: mchod rten
Tibetan: མཆོད་རྟེན།
Sanskrit: caitya
Sometimes synonymous with stūpa, however, caitya can also in certain contexts refer to a temple that may or may not contain a stūpa, or to any place or thing that is worthy of veneration. The Tibetan translates both stūpa and caitya with the same word‍—mchod rten (“basis” or “recipient” of offerings). Pali: cetiya.
g.231
Cakravāla
Wylie: khor yug, ’khor yug
Tibetan: ཁོར་ཡུག, འཁོར་ཡུག
Sanskrit: cakravāla
“Circular Mass.” There are at least four interpretations of what this name refers to. In the Kṣiti­garbha Sūtra it is a mountain that contains the hells. It is also equivalent to the Vaḍaba submarine mountain of fire, which is also said to be the entrance to the hells. The term cakravāla is also used to mean “the entire disk of a world,” including Meru and the paradises above it. More commonly, as in this sūtra, it is the name of the outer ring of mountains at the edge of the flat disk of a world, with Sumeru in the center. Yet it is has the nature of heat, like the Mountain Vaḍaba, in that the heat of the ring of mountains evaporates the ocean so that it does not overflow. Also called Cakravāḍa.
g.232
cakravartin
Wylie: ’khor los sgyur ba
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོས་སྒྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: cakravartin
An ideal monarch or emperor who, as the result of the merit accumulated in previous lifetimes, rules over a vast realm in accordance with the Dharma. Such a monarch is called a cakravartin because he bears a wheel (cakra) that rolls (vartate) across the earth, bringing all lands and kingdoms under his power. The cakravartin conquers his territory without causing harm, and his activity causes beings to enter the path of wholesome actions. According to Vasubandhu’s Abhidharmakośa, just as with the buddhas, only one cakravartin appears in a world system at any given time. They are likewise endowed with the thirty-two major marks of a great being (mahāpuruṣalakṣaṇa), but a cakravartin’s marks are outshined by those of a buddha. They possess seven precious objects: the wheel, the elephant, the horse, the wish-fulfilling gem, the queen, the general, and the minister. An illustrative passage about the cakravartin and his possessions can be found in The Play in Full (Toh 95), 3.3–3.13. Vasubandhu lists four types of cakravartins: (1) the cakravartin with a golden wheel (suvarṇacakravartin) rules over four continents and is invited by lesser kings to be their ruler; (2) the cakravartin with a silver wheel (rūpyacakravartin) rules over three continents and his opponents submit to him as he approaches; (3) the cakravartin with a copper wheel (tāmracakravartin) rules over two continents and his opponents submit themselves after preparing for battle; and (4) the cakravartin with an iron wheel (ayaścakravartin) rules over one continent and his opponents submit themselves after brandishing weapons.
g.233
Cakravicitra
Wylie: ’khor lo sna tshogs
Tibetan: འཁོར་ལོ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: cakravicitra
A world realm in the distant past.
g.234
Campaka­vimala­prabha
Wylie: tsam pa ka dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཙམ་པ་ཀ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: campaka­vimala­prabha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.235
caṇḍāla
Wylie: gdol ba
Tibetan: གདོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: caṇḍāla
The lowest of the untouchables in the Indian caste system.
g.236
Candana­megha
Wylie: tsan dan gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཙན་དན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: candana­megha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.237
Candana­śrī­candra
Wylie: tsan dan dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཙན་དན་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: candana­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.238
Candana­vatī
Wylie: tsan dan yod pa
Tibetan: ཙན་དན་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: candana­vatī
Realm of the Buddha Vajrābha.
g.239
Candra­buddhi
Wylie: blo gros zla ba
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: candra­buddhi
Name of a buddha.
g.240
Candra­dhvajā
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: candra­dhvajā
A realm in the distant past.
g.241
Candra­dhvaja­śrī­ketu
Wylie: zla ba’i rgyal mtshan dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: candra­dhvaja­śrī­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.242
Candra­prabhāsā
Wylie: zla ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: candra­prabhāsā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.243
Candra­skandha
Wylie: zla ba’i phung po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: candra­skandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.244
Candra­śrī
Wylie: zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: candra­śrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.245
candrodgata
Wylie: zla ba shar ba
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་ཤར་བ།
Sanskrit: candrodgata
A magical tree, the name of which means “rising moon.”
g.246
Candrodgata
Wylie: zla ba ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: candrodgata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.247
Candrolkā­dhārin
Wylie: zla ba sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: candrolkā­dhārin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.248
Candrottara­jñānin
Wylie: zla ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: candrottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.249
Caryāgata
Wylie: spyod pas grub pa
Tibetan: སྤྱོད་པས་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: caryāgata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.250
cat’s eye
Wylie: skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jyotirdhvaja
One of the three main varieties of chrysoberyl, the third-hardest gemstone. The cat’s-eye gem (cymophane) is light green or yellow and contains the distinctive appearance of a band of light, resembling a cat’s eye. It has been mined since ancient times in India and particularly in Sri Lanka. Jyoti can mean both “light” and “star,” and in describing this jewel the Sanskrit more likely means “banner of light.” However, the Tibetan translates the term as “banner of stars.”
g.251
Caturmahārājika
Wylie: rgyal po chen po bzhi’i ris
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ་བཞིའི་རིས།
Sanskrit: caturmahā­rājika
A deity in the paradises of the Four Mahārājas.
g.252
chaste tree
Wylie: sin+du ba ra, sin du ba ra
Tibetan: སིནྡུ་བ་ར།, སིན་དུ་བ་ར།
Sanskrit: sindhuvara
Vitex negundo. A member of the verbena family. Also known in English as the Chinese chaste tree, the five-leaved chaste tree, and horseshoe vitex.
g.253
Chim Tsöndrü Sengé
Wylie: mchims brtson seng
Tibetan: མཆིམས་བརྩོན་སེང་།
Late-eleventh to early-twelfth century. The text gives the shortened version of his name, which in full is mchims brtson ’grus seng ge. A disciple of Bari Lotsawa.
g.254
Chokden
Wylie: mchog ldan
Tibetan: མཆོག་ལྡན།
Chokden Lekpé Lodrö (mchog ldan legs pa’i blo gros), a Sakya master of the thirteenth century.
g.255
Chökyi Jungné
Wylie: chos kyi ’byung gnas
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྱུང་གནས།
The eighth Tai Situpa in the Karma Kagyü tradition (1700−1777), he oversaw the creation of the Degé Kangyur.
g.256
Cintārāja
Wylie: bsam pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: བསམ་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: cintārāja
A bodhisattva in a southern realm.
g.257
Citra­mañjari­prabhāsa
Wylie: yal ga sna tshogs kyi ’od
Tibetan: ཡལ་ག་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: citra­mañjari­prabhāsa
A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.
g.258
Citrārthendra
Wylie: sna tshogs don dbang
Tibetan: སྣ་ཚོགས་དོན་དབང་།
Sanskrit: citrārthendra
The twenty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Citrārtha-indra .
g.259
coral tree
Wylie: sus kyang mi tshugs pa, man da ra ba, man+dAra ba
Tibetan: སུས་ཀྱང་མི་ཚུགས་པ།, མན་ད་ར་བ།, མནྡཱར་བ།
Sanskrit: māndārava, pāriyātraka
Erythrina indica or Erythrina variegate. Also known in English as flame tree, or tiger’s claw. In the summer the plant is covered in large crimson flowers believed to also grow in Indra’s paradise. The coral tree is the most widespread species of Erythrina or māndārava, and is taller than the others.
g.260
cotton tree
Wylie: shal ma li
Tibetan: ཤལ་མ་ལི།
Sanskrit: śālmalī
Bombax ceiba. Also known as the red cotton tree. It has red flowers and ripened capsules that contain cotton-like fibers. In particular, the trunk is covered in spikes to deter climbing animals, and therefore it is an iron version of this tree that is found in the hells.
g.261
courtesan
Wylie: bcom pa ma
Tibetan: བཅོམ་པ་མ།
Sanskrit: bhāgavatī
This term is used for a female devotee of Viṣṇu ( bhagavat ), but here is used as an honorific term for a courtesan. Bhaga can also mean “vulva” and is therefore also used in that way in compounds. This English is also used as a translation for gaṇika in chapter 43 (see n.­1786).
g.262
dānava
Wylie: gsod ’phrog
Tibetan: གསོད་འཕྲོག
Sanskrit: dānava
A class of beings, literally, in Sanskrit, “the sons of Danu.” They are enemies of the devas and often associated with the asuras. Under the leadership of Bali, they took over the world, creating a golden age, until they were tricked by Viṣṇu in the form of a brahmin dwarf. A version of that legend is described in a prominent passage in the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra ( The Basket’s Display , Toh 116), the principal Avalokiteśvara sūtra.
g.263
Daṇḍapāṇi
Wylie: lag na khar ba
Tibetan: ལག་ན་ཁར་བ།
Sanskrit: daṇḍapāṇi
One of the fathers-in-law of Śākyamuni: the father of Gopā, one of Śākyamuni’s wives.
g.264
Daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa
Wylie: phyogs bcu snang bas rgyas par ’gengs pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་བཅུ་སྣང་བས་རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: daśa­dikprabha­parisphuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.265
defilement
Wylie: zag pa
Tibetan: ཟག་པ།
Sanskrit: āśrava
A term of Jain origin, meaning “inflow.” It refers to having uncontrolled thoughts as a result of being influenced by sensory objects and thus being sullied or defiled. It is also defined as “outflows,” hence the Tibetan zag pa, “leak,” as the mind flows out toward the sensory objects.
g.266
demon
Wylie: gdon
Tibetan: གདོན།
Sanskrit: graha
g.267
dependent origination
Wylie: rten cing ’brel par ’byung ba
Tibetan: རྟེན་ཅིང་འབྲེལ་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: pratītya­samutpāda
The teaching that everything arises in dependence on something else, which is also applied to the entire process of life and death. This became standardized into twelve sequences of dependent origination, beginning with ignorance, followed by formation, and concluding in death. In the Pali suttas, this was more often taught as a greater number of successive sequences, commencing with ignorance and formation being simultaneous and codependent, like two sticks leaning against each other.
g.268
desire realm
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra, characterized by a prevalence of desire.
g.269
destructible aggregation
Wylie: ’jig tshogs
Tibetan: འཇིག་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: satkāya
The Tibetan is literally “the destructible aggregation,” and the Sanskrit is “the existing body.” It implies the view that identifies the existence of a self in relation to the skandhas . Thhe term is also translated here as “destructible accumulation.”
g.270
deva
Wylie: lha
Tibetan: ལྷ།
Sanskrit: deva
In the most general sense the devas‍—the term is cognate with the English divine‍—are a class of celestial beings who frequently appear in Buddhist texts, often at the head of the assemblies of nonhuman beings who attend and celebrate the teachings of the Buddha Śākyamuni and other buddhas and bodhisattvas. In Buddhist cosmology the devas occupy the highest of the five or six “destinies” (gati) of saṃsāra among which beings take rebirth. The devas reside in the devalokas, “heavens” that traditionally number between twenty-six and twenty-eight and are divided between the desire realm (kāmadhātu), form realm (rūpadhātu), and formless realm (ārūpyadhātu). A being attains rebirth among the devas either through meritorious deeds (in the desire realm) or the attainment of subtle meditative states (in the form and formless realms). While rebirth among the devas is considered favorable, it is ultimately a transitory state from which beings will fall when the conditions that lead to rebirth there are exhausted. Thus, rebirth in the god realms is regarded as a diversion from the spiritual path.
g.271
Devadatta
Wylie: lha sbyin
Tibetan: ལྷ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: devadatta
A cousin of the Buddha Śākyamuni who broke with him and established his own community. He is portrayed as engendering evil schemes against the Buddha and even succeeding in wounding him. He is usually identified with wicked beings in accounts of previous lifetimes.
g.272
Devamakuṭa
Wylie: lha yi cod pan
Tibetan: ལྷ་ཡི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: devamakuṭa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.273
Deva­mukuṭa
Wylie: lha’i cod pan
Tibetan: ལྷའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: deva­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.274
Devaprabha
Wylie: lha’i ’od
Tibetan: ལྷའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: devaprabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.275
Devaśrī
Wylie: lha’i dpal
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: devaśrī
“Divine Splendor.” The name of a past kalpa. BHS: Devaśiri.
g.276
Devaśrī
Wylie: lha’i dpal
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: devaśrī
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.277
Deva­śrī­garbha
Wylie: lha yi dpal gyi mchog, lha yi snying po’i dpal
Tibetan: ལྷ་ཡི་དཔལ་གྱི་མཆོག, ལྷ་ཡི་སྙིང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: deva­śrī­garbha
The names of two buddhas in the distant past. One may have been Devaśrīvara, where the last part of the compound was translated into mchog. BHS: Devaśirigarbha.
g.278
Devaśuddha
Wylie: dag pa’i lha
Tibetan: དག་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: devaśuddha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.279
Devendra
Wylie: lha’i dbang po
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: devendra
Another name for Śakra, or Indra, literally “Lord of Devas.”
g.280
Devendracūḍa
Wylie: lha dbang gtsug phud
Tibetan: ལྷ་དབང་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: devendracūḍa
A buddha in the distant past in chapter 36, and another buddha in the distant past in chapter 41.
g.281
Devendragarbha
Wylie: lha dbang snying po
Tibetan: ལྷ་དབང་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: devendragarbha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.282
Devendrarāja
Wylie: lha’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: devendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.283
devī
Wylie: lha’i bu mo
Tibetan: ལྷའི་བུ་མོ།
Sanskrit: devakanyā
Literally “daughter of a deva.” A female deva.
g.284
Dhanapati
Wylie: nor gyi bdag po
Tibetan: ནོར་གྱི་བདག་པོ།
Sanskrit: dhanapati
A king in another world in the distant past.
g.285
Dhanyākara
Wylie: skyid pa’i ’byung gnas
Tibetan: སྐྱིད་པའི་འབྱུང་གནས།
Sanskrit: dhanyākara
In this ninth-century Tibetan translation, Dhanyākara is translated as “Source of Happiness.” More common is the translation ’bras spung, meaning “Rice Heap.” The famous Gelugpa monastery Drepung takes its name from this city, which was the capital of the kingdom of the Satavahana dynasty that ruled South India from the first to third century ᴄᴇ. Known primarily as Dhānyakaṭaka, the present remains are in the village of Dharaṇikoṭa, a few miles from the site of the great Amarāvatī stupa, in Andhra Pradesh on the southeastern coast of India. Before 1953 this was in the state of Madras.
g.286
dharaṇa
Wylie: srang
Tibetan: སྲང་།
Sanskrit: dharaṇa
Though its precise units varied, one dharaṇa was generally equivalent to ten palas or forty karṣa, and roughly equivalent to 350 grams, or near to a pound. The Tibetan translates both pala and dharaṇa as srang in this sūtra. Pala is said to be srang in the Mahāvyutpatti, but that dictionary has no equivalent for dharaṇa.
g.287
dhāraṇī
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
Sentences or phrases that were said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. According to context, the term can also mean an exceptional power of mental retention. Also used as a healing spell. This term is also rendered in this translation as “retention.”
g.288
Dhāraṇīgarbha
Wylie: sa’i snying po
Tibetan: སའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇīgarbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.289
Dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara
Wylie: sa’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan: སའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: dharaṇī­nirghoṣa­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.290
Dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa
Wylie: sa sgra’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ས་སྒྲའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharaṇī­nirnāda­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.291
Dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas
Wylie: sa’i dpal ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: སའི་དཔལ་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: dharaṇī­śrī­parvata­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.292
Dharaṇi­tejas
Wylie: gzungs kyi ’od
Tibetan: གཟུངས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharaṇi­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.293
Dharaṇi­teja­śrī
Wylie: sa yi gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: ས་ཡི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharaṇi­teja­śrī
The fifty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharaṇi­teja­śirī.
g.294
Dharma
Wylie: chos
Tibetan: ཆོས།
Sanskrit: dharma
A village in South India.
g.295
Dharma body
Wylie: chos kyi sku, chos kyi lus
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།, ཆོས་ཀྱི་ལུས།
Sanskrit: dharma­kāya, dharma­śarīra
Distinct from the rūpakāya or “form body” of a buddha. In origin it was a term for the presence of the Dharma, which would continue after the Buddha’s passing. It also came to refer to someone who was an embodiment of the Dharma, and also the eternal, imperceptible realization of a buddha, and therefore became synonymous with the true nature. In the context of the teaching of the three kāyas of a buddha, only the term dharmakāya (chos kyi sku), rather than dharmaśarīra, (chos kyi lus) was used.
g.296
Dharma­bala­prabha
Wylie: chos stobs ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྟོབས་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­bala­prabha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.297
Dharma­bala­śrī­kūṭa
Wylie: chos kyi stobs kyi dpal brtsegs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་དཔལ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­bala­śrī­kūṭa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.298
Dharma­bala­śūla­dhvaja
Wylie: chos kyi stobs kyi dpa’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་དཔའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: dharma­bala­śūla­dhvaja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.299
dharmabhāṇaka
Wylie: chos smra ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྨྲ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmabhāṇaka
Speaker or reciter of scriptures. In early Buddhism a section of the saṅgha would consist of bhāṇakas, who, particularly before the teachings were written down and were only transmitted orally, were a key factor in the preservation of the teachings. Various groups of dharmabhāṇakas specialized in memorizing and reciting a certain set of sūtras or vinaya.
g.300
Dharma­bhāskara­śrī­megha
Wylie: chos kyi nyi ma dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­bhāskara­śrī­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.301
Dharma­cakra­candrodgata­śrī
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo zla bas ’phags pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་ཟླ་བས་འཕགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­candrodgata­śrī
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.302
Dharma­cakra­jvalana­tejas
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo rab tu ’bar ba’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­jvalana­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.303
Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo’i sgra nam mkha’i sprin gyi sgron ma rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་སྒྲ་ནམ་མཁའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­megha­pradīpa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past. In verse he is called Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja.
g.304
Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­prabhā
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor los sprul pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོས་སྤྲུལ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­prabhā
A bhikṣuṇī in another world in the distant past. A previous life of the night goddess Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī.
g.305
Dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo sprul pa kun tu snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྤྲུལ་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­nirmāṇa­samanta­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.306
Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo’i ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.307
Dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo’i ’od rab tu bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་འོད་རབ་ཏུ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­cakra­prabha­nirghoṣa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.308
Dharma­candra­prabhu­rāja
Wylie: ’od rgyal chos kyi zla
Tibetan: འོད་རྒྱལ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཟླ།
Sanskrit: dharma­candra­prabhu­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.309
Dharma­candra­samanta­jñānāvabhāsa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi ’khor lo’i ye shes kun tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­candra­samanta­jñānāvabhāsa­rāja
A buddha in a southwestern realm.
g.310
Dharma­dhana­śikharābha­skandha
Wylie: chos kyi dbyig ri bo snang ba’i phung po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིག་རི་བོ་སྣང་བའི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhana­śikharābha­skandha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.311
Dharmadhara
Wylie: chos ’dzin
Tibetan: ཆོས་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: dharmadhara
The ninety-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.312
Dharma­dhātu­diksamavasaraṇa­garbha
Wylie: chos kyi phyogs su yang dag par gzhol ba’i snying po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཕྱོགས་སུ་ཡང་དག་པར་གཞོལ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­diksamavasaraṇa­garbha
A kūṭāgāra that miraculously appears in a lotus, within which is the Buddha’s mother.
g.313
Dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­megha
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’i gzugs brnyan gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­megha
An ocean of world realms in the eastern direction.
g.314
Dharma­dhātu­gagana­pūrṇa­ratna­śikhara­śrī­pradīpa
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’ mdzod spus yongs su rgyas pa’i rtse mo dpal gyi sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའ་མཛོད་སྤུས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པའི་རྩེ་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­gagana­pūrṇa­ratna­śikhara­śrī­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.315
Dharma­dhātu­gagana­śrī­vairocana
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’i dpal rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའི་དཔལ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­gagana­śrī­vairocana
A buddha in a northern buddha realm.
g.316
Dharma­dhātu­jñāna­pradīpa
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi ye shes sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­jñāna­pradīpa
A buddha in a western realm.
g.317
Dharma­dhātu­kusuma
Wylie: chos dbyings me tog
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབྱིངས་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­kusuma
The twentieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.318
Dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi grong khyer ye shes kyi ’od kyis rab tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱིས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja
The last of a series of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name in prose. In verse he is called Dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja.
g.319
Dharma­dhātu­naya­jñāna­gati
Wylie: chos dbyings tshul gyi ye shes stabs
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབྱིངས་ཚུལ་གྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་སྟབས།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­naya­jñāna­gati
The eighty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.320
Dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su snang ba’i blo
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­nayāvabhāsa­buddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.321
Dharma­dhātu­padma
Wylie: chos dbyings pad+mo
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབྱིངས་པདྨོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­padma
The thirtieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­dhātu­padumo.
g.322
Dharma­dhātu­prabhava­sarva­ratna­maṇi­śākhā­pralamba
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings las byung ba’i rin po che thams cad kyi yal ga dang lhun du ldan pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ལས་བྱུང་བའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡལ་ག་དང་ལྷུན་དུ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­prabhava­sarva­ratna­maṇi­śākhā­pralamba
A bodhi tree in the distant past, the name of which means “Having Trunk and Branches of All Jewels That Appear in the Realm of Phenomena.”
g.323
Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su smon lam rab tu ’phrul ba’i zla ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྨོན་ལམ་རབ་ཏུ་འཕྲུལ་བའི་ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja
A bodhisattva from a northeastern realm. Also known as Dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra.
g.324
Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­tala­nirbheda
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi smon lam gyi gzhi rab tu rtogs pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་གཞི་རབ་ཏུ་རྟོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­tala­nirbheda, dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­jñānābhijñā­rāja
A bodhisattva from a realm in the downward direction.
g.325
Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa
Wylie: chos nyid gzugs brnyan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཉིད་གཟུགས་བརྙན།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.326
Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings snang ba’i blo gros cod pan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སྣང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­maṇi­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.327
Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śri
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings ni gzugs brnyan dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śri
The sixty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­śiri.
g.328
Dharma­dhātu­siṃha­prabha
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi seng ge’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་སེང་གེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­siṃha­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.329
Dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings su shin tu ’phrul ba’i smon lam zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕྲུལ་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­sunirmita­praṇidhi­candra
A bodhisattva from a northeastern realm. Also known as Dharma­dhātu­praṇidhi­sunirmita­candra­rāja.
g.330
Dharma­dhātu­svara­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos dbyings gsung dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབྱིངས་གསུང་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­svara­ghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.331
Dharma­dhātu­svara­ketu
Wylie: chos dbyings dbyangs kyi dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབྱིངས་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­svara­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.332
Dharma­dhātu­vidyotita­raśmi
Wylie: ’od zer chos kyi dbyings su snang ba
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­vidyotita­raśmi
A buddha in a realm in the downward direction.
g.333
Dharma­dhātu­viṣaya­mati­candra
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi yul gyi blo gros zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­viṣaya­mati­candra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.334
Dharma­dhātvarcirvairocana­saṃbhava­mati
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings ’od ’phro zhing rnam par snang bar byung ba’i blo gros
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་འོད་འཕྲོ་ཞིང་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བར་བྱུང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātvarcirvairocana­saṃbhava­mati
A bodhisattva in a realm in the downward direction.
g.335
Dharmadhvaja
Wylie: chos kyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: dharmadhvaja
The name of four different buddhas in the distant past. They are mentioned, separately, at 36.­93, 36.­119, 37.­135, and 43.­302.
g.336
Dharmāditya­jñāna­maṇḍala­pradīpa
Wylie: chos kyi nyi ma’i dkyil ’khor ye shes kyi sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: dharmāditya­jñāna­maṇḍala­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.337
Dharma­druma­parvata­tejas
Wylie: chos kyi sdong po ri bo gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྡོང་པོ་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: dharma­druma­parvata­tejas
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa.
g.338
Dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi nam mkha’ la dpal shin tu ’phags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­gaganābhyudgata­śrī­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.339
Dharma­gagana­kānta­siṃha­prabha
Wylie: chos kyi nam mkha’ la seng ge’i ’od shin tu mdzes pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ནམ་མཁའ་ལ་སེང་གེའི་འོད་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­gagana­kānta­siṃha­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.340
Dharma­jāla­vibuddha­śrī­candra
Wylie: chos kyi dra ba rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དྲ་བ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­jāla­vibuddha­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.341
Dharma­jñāna­saṃbhava­samanta­pratibhāsa­garbha
Wylie: chos kyi ye shes yang dag par ’byung
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: dharma­jñāna­saṃbhava­samanta­pratibhāsa­garbha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.342
Dharma­jvalanārciḥ­sāgara­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos ’bar ba’i ’od ’phro rgya mtsho’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་འབར་བའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­jvalanārciḥ­sāgara­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.343
Dharmaketu
Wylie: chos kyi dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharmaketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.344
Dharma­kusuma­ketu­dhvaja­megha
Wylie: chos kyi me tog dpal gyi rgyal mtshan gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­kusuma­ketu­dhvaja­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.345
Dharma­maṇḍala­paṭala­megha
Wylie: chos kyi dkyil ’khor na bun sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ན་བུན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­maṇḍala­paṭala­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.346
Dharma­maṇḍala­prabhāsa
Wylie: chos kyi dkyil ’khor snang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­maṇḍala­prabhāsa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.347
Dharma­maṇḍala­śrī­śikharābha­prabha
Wylie: chos kyi dkyil ’khor dpal gyi ri bo snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­maṇḍala­śrī­śikharābha­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.348
Dharma­maṇḍalāvabhāsa­prabha­cūḍa
Wylie: chos kyi dkyil ’khor gyi ’od rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་འོད་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­maṇḍalāvabhāsa­prabha­cūḍa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. See n.­1540.
g.349
Dharma­maṇḍala­vibuddha­śrī­candra
Wylie: chos kyi dkyil ’khor rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­maṇḍala­vibuddha­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.350
Dharmamati
Wylie: chos dpal blo
Tibetan: ཆོས་དཔལ་བློ།
Sanskrit: dharmamati
The eighty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. The syllable dpal appears to actually belong to the previous name in the list of buddhas, Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri.
g.351
Dharma­mati­candrā
Wylie: chos kyi blo gros zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­mati­candrā
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.352
Dharma­megha­dhvaja­pradīpa
Wylie: chos kyi sprin gyi rgyal mtshan sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: dharma­megha­dhvaja­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.353
Dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja
Wylie: chos sprin grong khyer ’od snang rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྤྲིན་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་འོད་སྣང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­megha­nagarābha­pradīpa­rāja
The last in a series of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name in verse. In prose he is called Dharma­dhātu­nagarābha­jñāna­pradīpa­rāja.
g.354
Dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi sprin sgra’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­rāja
A buddha in a past world in the eastern direction.
g.355
Dharma­megha­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi sprin snyan pa rnam par grags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྙན་པ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­megha­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.356
Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā
Wylie: chos kyi sprin shin tu sdug pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྡུག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­meghodgata­prabhā
The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in the prose passages, where it is also called Dharmodgata­prabhāsa. In verse it is called Sudharma­megha­prabhā.
g.357
Dharma­nagara­prabha­śrī
Wylie: chos kyi grong khyer rab tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­nagara­prabha­śrī
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.358
Dharma­nārāyaṇa­ketu
Wylie: chos mthu bo che’i dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­nārāyaṇa­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.359
Dharma­naya­gambhīra­śrī­candra
Wylie: chos kyi tshul zab mo dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཚུལ་ཟབ་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­naya­gambhīra­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.360
Dharma­padma­phulla­gātra
Wylie: sku chos kyi pad+mo’i me tog shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོའི་མེ་ཏོག་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­padma­phulla­gātra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.361
Dharma­padma­praphullita­śrī­megha
Wylie: chos kyi pad+mo rab tu rgyas pa’i dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོ་རབ་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­padma­praphullita­śrī­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.362
Dharma­padma­śrī­kuśalā
Wylie: chos kyi pad mo dpal gyi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: dharma­padma­śrī­kuśalā
A body goddess.
g.363
Dharma­padma­vairocana­vibuddha­ketu
Wylie: chos kyi pad+mo rnam par snang bas rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་པདྨོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­padma­vairocana­vibuddha­ketu
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.364
Dharmaprabha (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: chos kyi ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharmaprabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.365
Dharmaprabha (the buddha)
Wylie: chos kyi ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharmaprabha
The name of the thirty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.366
Dharma­pradīpa­megha­śrī
Wylie: pad ma’i sgron ma sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan: པད་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pradīpa­megha­śrī
A realm in the distant past. BHS: Dharma­pradīpa­megha­śiri.
g.367
Dharma­pradīpa­śrī
Wylie: chos kyi sgron ma
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pradīpa­śrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­pradīpa­śiri.
g.368
Dharma­pradīpa­vikrama­jñāna­siṃha
Wylie: chos kyi sgron ma ye shes kyi rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­pradīpa­vikrama­jñāna­siṃha
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.369
Dharma­rāja­bhavana­pratibhāsa
Wylie: chos kyi rgyal po’i pho brang rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་ཕོ་བྲང་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­rāja­bhavana­pratibhāsa
A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.
g.370
Dharma­ratna­kusuma­śrī­megha
Wylie: chos rin po che’i me tog dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­ratna­kusuma­śrī­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.371
Dharmārciḥ­parvata­ketu­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi ’od ’phro ri bo dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharmārciḥ­parvata­ketu­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.372
Dharmārci­megha­nagara
Wylie: chos ’od sprin gyi grong khyer dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་འོད་སྤྲིན་གྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharmārci­megha­nagara
A world realm in the distant past in the form given in verse. In prose it is called Dharmārci­nagara­meghā.
g.373
Dharmārci­meru­śikha­rābha
Wylie: chos ’od ri bo spo mthon
Tibetan: ཆོས་འོད་རི་བོ་སྤོ་མཐོན།
Sanskrit: dharmārci­meru­śikha­rābha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.374
Dharmārci­nagara­meghā
Wylie: chos kyi ’od ’phro ba’i grong khyer dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharmārci­nagara­meghā
A world realm in the distant past. In verse it is called Dharmārci­megha­nagara.
g.375
Dharmārci­parvata­śrī
Wylie: chos kyi ’od ’phro ri bo dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་བོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharmārci­parvata­śrī
The seventeenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharmārci­parvata­śirī.
g.376
Dharmārciṣmattejorāja
Wylie: chos kyi ’od ’phro ba dang ldan pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་དང་ལྡན་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharmārciṣmattejorāja
A bodhisattva in a southeastern realm.
g.377
Dharma­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho’i ’brug sgra sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འབྲུག་སྒྲ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.378
Dharma­sāgara­nirdeśa­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho shin tu bstan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་བསྟན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­sāgara­nirdeśa­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.379
Dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­mati
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho dbyangs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­mati
The fifty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.380
Dharma­sāgara­nirnāda­nirghoṣa
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho’i nga ro rab tu sgrog pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ང་རོ་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­sāgara­nirnāda­nirghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.381
Dharma­sāgara­padma
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho’i pad mo
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་པད་མོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­sāgara­padma
A buddha in the distant past.
g.382
Dharma­samudra
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.383
Dharma­samudra­garbha
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho’i snying po
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­garbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.384
Dharma­samudra­garjana
Wylie: chos rab rgya mtsho sgrog pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་རབ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­garjana
A buddha in the distant past.
g.385
Dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śri
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho blo gros ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་བློ་གྲོས་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śri
The ninetieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharma­samudra­mati­jñāna­śiri.
g.386
Dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho ’od dbyangs rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་འོད་དབྱངས་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja
The first of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. The form of his name as given in verse. In prose he is called Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja.
g.387
Dharma­samudra­saṃbhava­ruta
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho yongs byung sgra dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཡོངས་བྱུང་སྒྲ་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­saṃbhava­ruta
A buddha in the distant past.
g.388
Dharma­samudra­vega­śrī­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi rgya mtsho shugs drag dpal gyi rgyal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཤུགས་དྲག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­samudra­vega­śrī­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.389
Dharma­śikhara­dhvaja­megha
Wylie: chos kyi ri bo rgyal mtshan sprin
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་རི་བོ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: dharma­śikhara­dhvaja­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.390
Dharmaśrī
Wylie: chos kyi dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharmaśrī
A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Dharmaśiri.
g.391
Dharma­sūrya­megha­pradīpa
Wylie: chos kyi nyi ma’i sprin rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: dharma­sūrya­megha­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.392
Dharma­sūrya­tejas
Wylie: chos kyi nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: dharma­sūrya­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.393
Dharmāvabhāsa­svara
Wylie: chos snang ba’i sgra
Tibetan: ཆོས་སྣང་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: dharmāvabhāsa­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.394
Dharma­vikurvita­vega­dhvaja­śrī
Wylie: chos rnam par ’phrul pa’i shugs kyi rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པའི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dharma­vikurvita­vega­dhvaja­śrī
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.395
Dharma­vimāna­nirghoṣa­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi gzhal med khang gi dbyangs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་གཞལ་མེད་ཁང་གི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharma­vimāna­nirghoṣa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.396
Dharmendrarāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po, chos dbang rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།, ཆོས་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: dharmendrarāja
A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as chos kyi dbang po’i rgyal po), and also the name of two buddhas in the distant past (translated as chos dbang rgyal po).
g.397
Dharmeśvara
Wylie: chos dbang
Tibetan: ཆོས་དབང་།
Sanskrit: dharmeśvara
The hundred-and-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.398
Dharmeśvara­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbang phyug
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: dharmeśvara­rāja
A king in the distant past.
g.399
Dharmodgata
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa, chos ’phags
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།, ཆོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī. Also the seventy-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.400
Dharmodgata­kīrti
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata­kīrti
A buddha in the distant past.
g.401
Dharmodgata­nabheśvara
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa’i nam mkha’i dbang phyug
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པའི་ནམ་མཁའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: dharmodgata­nabheśvara
A buddha in the distant past.
g.402
Dharmodgata­prabhāsa
Wylie: chos kyis ’phags pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharmodgata­prabhāsa
The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in the prose passages, where it is also called Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā. In verse it is called Sudharma­megha­prabhā.
g.403
Dharmolkā­jvalana­śrī­candra
Wylie: chos kyi sgron ma rab tu ’bar ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: dharmolkā­jvalana­śrī­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.404
Dharmolkā­ratna­vitāna­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos kyi sgron ma rin chen bla re’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་རིན་ཆེན་བླ་རེའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: dharmolkā­ratna­vitāna­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.405
dhātu (eighteen)
Wylie: khams
Tibetan: ཁམས།
Sanskrit: dhātu
The six sensory objects, six sensory faculties, and six consciousnesses.
g.406
Dhṛtamatitejas
Wylie: mos pa’i blo gros mnga’ ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: མོས་པའི་བློ་གྲོས་མངའ་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: dhṛtamatitejas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.407
Dhṛtarāṣṭra
Wylie: gnas srung po
Tibetan: གནས་སྲུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: dhṛtarāṣṭra
One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian deity for the east and lord of the gandharvas. Also the name of the king of the geese that was a previous life of the Buddha as described in the Jātakas. In other sūtras, more commonly translated as yul ’khor srung.
g.408
Dhūtarajas
Wylie: rdul rnam par bstsal ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་རྣམ་པར་བསྩལ་བ།
Sanskrit: dhūtarajas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.409
Dhvajāgravatī
Wylie: rgyal mtshan gyi dam pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་དམ་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: dhvajāgravatī
A royal city in the distant past.
g.410
dhyāna
Wylie: bsam gtan
Tibetan: བསམ་གཏན།
Sanskrit: dhyāna
Generally, one of the synonyms for meditation referring to a state of mental stability. The specific four dhyānas are four successively subtler states of meditation that are said to lead to rebirth into the corresponding four levels of the form realm, which are composed of seventeen paradises.
g.411
diamond
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
See “vajra.”
g.412
Digvairocana­mukuṭa
Wylie: phyogs rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: digvairocana­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.413
Dīpaṅkara
Wylie: mar me mdzad
Tibetan: མར་མེ་མཛད།
Sanskrit: dīpaṅkara
The previous buddha who gave Śākyamuni the prophecy of his buddhahood.
g.414
Dīpaśrī
Wylie: mar me’i dpal
Tibetan: མར་མེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: dīpaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.415
Diśabheda­jñāna­prabha­ketu­mati
Wylie: tha dad phyogs mkhyen ye shes blo gros
Tibetan: ཐ་དད་ཕྱོགས་མཁྱེན་ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: diśabheda­jñāna­prabha­ketu­mati
The sixty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.416
Diśadeśā­mukha­jaga
Wylie: phyogs yul ’gro ba mngon sum
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་ཡུལ་འགྲོ་བ་མངོན་སུམ།
Sanskrit: diśadeśā­mukha­jaga
The hundred-and-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.417
Diśasaṃbhava
Wylie: phyogs su yongs byung
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་སུ་ཡོངས་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit: diśasaṃbhava
The thirteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.418
discernment
Wylie: so so yang dag par rig pa
Tibetan: སོ་སོ་ཡང་དག་པར་རིག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratisaṃvida
When given as an enumeration, this refers to the four: the discernments of meaning, phenomena, definitions, and eloquence.
g.419
doors to liberation
Wylie: rnam par thar pa, rnam par thar pa’i mgo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པ།, རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་མགོ
Sanskrit: vimokṣa, vimokṣamukha
There are three doors to liberation: emptiness, the absence of characteristics, and the absence of aspiration.
g.420
Draviḍa
Wylie: dra byi la
Tibetan: དྲ་བྱི་ལ།
Sanskrit: dramiḍa
Draviḍa was the name for the region in the south of India where the Dravidian languages were spoken, including Telugu, Kannada, Malayalam, and Tamil. The Dravidians were the indigenous population of India before the arrival of people who spoke Indo-European languages, specifically early forms of Sanskrit.
g.421
Dṛḍhamatī
Wylie: brtan pa’i blo gros
Tibetan: བརྟན་པའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: dṛḍhamatī
An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.422
Dṛḍhaprabha
Wylie: ’od brtan pa
Tibetan: འོད་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: dṛḍhaprabha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.423
Druma
Wylie: sdong po
Tibetan: སྡོང་པོ།
Sanskrit: druma
One of the four kings of the kinnaras. Translated in other sūtras as ljon pa and shing rlon.
g.424
Druma­meru­śrī
Wylie: sdong po ri bo’i dpal
Tibetan: སྡོང་པོ་རི་བོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: druma­meru­śrī
A royal capital in another world in the distant past.
g.425
Druma­parvata
Wylie: shing gi ri bo
Tibetan: ཤིང་གི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: druma­parvata
The fiftieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.426
Druma­parvata­tejas
Wylie: shing gi ri bo gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཤིང་གི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: druma­parvata­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.427
Druma­rāja
Wylie: shing rgyal, shing gi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཤིང་རྒྱལ།, ཤིང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: druma­rāja
In chapter 36 the name of a buddha in the distant past (shing rgyal). In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas in this kalpa (shing gi rgyal po).
g.428
Drumāvatī
Wylie: sdong po ldan pa
Tibetan: སྡོང་པོ་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: drumāvatī
A royal capital in another world in the distant past.
g.429
Durga
Wylie: bgrod dka’ ba
Tibetan: བགྲོད་དཀའ་བ།
Sanskrit: durga
A land in the south of India.
g.430
Duryodhana­vīrya­vega­rāja
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi shugs thub par dka’ ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་ཐུབ་པར་དཀའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: duryodhana­vīrya­vega­rāja
A bodhisattva from a southern realm.
g.431
Dvāra­svara­prabhūta­kośa
Wylie: chos kyi sgo’i dbyangs mang po’i mdzod
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྒོའི་དབྱངས་མང་པོའི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit: dvāra­svara­prabhūta­kośa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.432
Dvāravatī
Wylie: sgo dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྒོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: dvāravatī
A city in South India.
g.433
eight unfavorable existences
Wylie: mi khom pa brgyad
Tibetan: མི་ཁོམ་པ་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: aṣṭākṣaṇa
Being reborn in hell, as a preta, as an animal, or as a long-lived deity (of the formless realms); or being a human in a time without a Buddha’s teaching, in a land without the teaching, with a defective mind, or without faith.
g.434
eightfold path
Wylie: ’phags pa’i lam gyi yan lag brgyad
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་ལམ་གྱི་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད།
Sanskrit: āryāṣṭāṅga­mārga
The Buddhist path as presented in the Śrāvakayāna: right view, right intention, right speech, right conduct, right livelihood, right effort, right recollection, and right samādhi.
g.435
Ekārtha­darśin
Wylie: don gcig tu ston pa
Tibetan: དོན་གཅིག་ཏུ་སྟོན་པ།
Sanskrit: ekārtha­darśin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.436
Ekottara
Wylie: gcig tu ’phags pa
Tibetan: གཅིག་ཏུ་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ekottara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.437
fathom
Wylie: ’dom
Tibetan: འདོམ།
Sanskrit: vyāma
The span between the tips of two arms extended to either side.
g.438
features (of a great being)
Wylie: dpe byad bzang po
Tibetan: དཔེ་བྱད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: anuvyañjana
The eighty secondary physical characteristics of a buddha and of other great beings (mahāpuruṣa), which include such details as the redness of the fingernails and the blackness of the hair. They are considered “minor” in terms of being secondary to the thirty-two major marks or signs of a great being.
g.439
female blackbuck
Wylie: e ne ya
Tibetan: ཨེ་ནེ་ཡ།
Sanskrit: aiṇeya
Antilope cervicapra, also known as the Indian antelope. The male is called eṇa and the female eṇī. Aiṇeya therefore means “an attribute of the female black antelope.”
g.440
fig flower
Wylie: u dum bA ra
Tibetan: ཨུ་དུམ་བཱ་ར།
Sanskrit: udumbara
The mythological flower of the fig tree said to appear on rare occasions, such as the birth of a buddha. The actual fig tree flower is contained within the fruit. The flower also came to be portrayed as a kind of lotus.
g.441
first-week embryo
Wylie: mar mer
Tibetan: མར་མེར།
Sanskrit: kalala
The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb , kalala is translated as mer mer po. In other texts the first stage is translated as nur nur po.
g.442
five degenerations
Wylie: rnyog pa lnga
Tibetan: རྙོག་པ་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcakaṣaya
Degeneration of lifespan, views, [increase of] kleśas, beings, and era. The more common translation of pañcakaṣaya (as in the Mahāvyutpatti) is snyigs ma lnga.
g.443
five precepts
Wylie: bslab pa’i gnas lnga
Tibetan: བསླབ་པའི་གནས་ལྔ།
Sanskrit: pañcaśikṣā­pada
Five vows taken by upāsakas and upāsikās: to not kill, steal, commit sexual misconduct, lie, or take intoxicants.
g.444
form body
Wylie: gzugs kyi sku
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: rūpakāya
The form or physical body of a buddha, as opposed to the Dharma body or dharmakāya. In Buddhist philosophy, the form body was eventually divided into two kinds: the nirmāṇa­kāya (“emanation body”), which is a physical body, and the saṃbhogkāya (“enjoyment body”), which is an immaterial body seen only by enlightened beings.
g.445
form realm
Wylie: gzugs la spyod pa, gzugs kyi khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་ལ་སྤྱོད་པ།, གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: rūpāvacara
Eighteen paradises that comprise the realm of form, into which beings are reborn through the power of meditation. It is higher than the realm of desire, where beings are reborn through karma.
g.446
formless realm
Wylie: gzugs med pa’i khams
Tibetan: གཟུགས་མེད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: ārūpyadhātu
One of the three realms of saṃsāra, where beings have only subtle mental form.
g.447
fourth-week embryo
Wylie: ’khregs
Tibetan: འཁྲེགས།
Sanskrit: ghana
The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb , ghana is translated as mkhrad ’gyur. Elsewhere it is gor gor.
g.448
Gagana­buddhi
Wylie: nam mkha’i blo
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: gagana­buddhi
A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past.
g.449
Gagana­citta
Wylie: nam mkha’i thugs
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཐུགས།
Sanskrit: gagana­citta
A buddha in the distant past.
g.450
Gagana­garbha
Wylie: nam mkha’i snying po
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: gagana­garbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.451
Gagana­ghoṣa
Wylie: nam mkha’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: gagana­ghoṣa
The eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the name of the sixty-second buddha in another kalpa. The Tibetan has dbyings in error for dbyangs for the sixty-second buddha.
g.452
Gagana­kānta­rāja
Wylie: nam mkha’ mdzes pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gagana­kānta­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.453
Gaganālaya
Wylie: nam mkha’i gzhi
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་གཞི།
Sanskrit: gaganālaya
The eleventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.454
Gagana­megha­śrī
Wylie: nam mkha’i sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: gagana­megha­śrī
The forty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Gagana­megha­śirī.
g.455
Gagana­netra
Wylie: nam mkha’i myig
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: gagana­netra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.456
Gagana­nirghoṣa­svara
Wylie: nam mkha’i dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: gagana­nirghoṣa­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.457
Gagana­pradīpa
Wylie: nam mkha’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: gagana­pradīpa
The sixty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.458
Gagana­prajña
Wylie: nam mkha’i shes rab po
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་ཤེས་རབ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gagana­prajña
A buddha in the distant past.
g.459
Gagana­śrī
Wylie: nam mkha’i dpal
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: gagana­śrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.460
Gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śrī
Wylie: zab chos ’od kyi rgyal po dpal
Tibetan: ཟབ་ཆོས་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śrī
The fifty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Gambhīra­dharma­guṇa­rāja­śirī.
g.461
Gambhīra­dharma­śrī­samudra­prabha
Wylie: chos zab mo’i dpal rgya mtshos yang dag par ’byung ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཟབ་མོའི་དཔལ་རྒྱ་མཚོས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: gambhīra­dharma­śrī­samudra­prabha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.462
Gambhīreśvara
Wylie: dbyangs zab mo
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཟབ་མོ།
Sanskrit: gambhīreśvara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.463
Gandhadhvajā
Wylie: spos kyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: gandhadhvajā
A royal city in the distant past.
g.464
Gandhālaṃkāra­rucira­śubha­garbhā
Wylie: spos kyi rgyan yid du ’ong ba’i dge ba’i snying po
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དགེ་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: gandhālaṃkāra­rucira­śubha­garbhā
A world realm in the northwest.
g.465
Gandhamādana
Wylie: spos kyi ngad ldang ba
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་ངད་ལྡང་བ།
Sanskrit: gandhamādana
A legendary mountain north of the Himalayas, with Lake Anavatapta , the source of the world’s great rivers, at its base. It is said to be south of Mount Kailash, though both have been identified with Mount Tise in western Tibet. In other sūtras translated as spos ngad can, spos ngad ldang, and spos nad ldan.
g.466
Gandha­megha­vyūha­dhvajā
Wylie: spos kyi sprin gyis brgyan pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: gandha­megha­vyūha­dhvajā
A buddha realm in the southeastern direction.
g.467
Gandhāṅkura­prabha­megha
Wylie: spos kyi myu gu’i rtse mo las ’od kyi sprin ’byung ba
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་མྱུ་གུའི་རྩེ་མོ་ལས་འོད་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: gandhāṅkura­prabha­megha
A park in another world in the distant past.
g.468
Gandhaprabha
Wylie: spos kyi ’od
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: gandhaprabha
The thirty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.469
Gandhapradīpa
Wylie: spos kyi mar me
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་མར་མེ།
Sanskrit: gandhapradīpa
A buddha in a southeastern buddha realm.
g.470
Gandha­pradīpa­megha­śrī
Wylie: spos sgron sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan: སྤོས་སྒྲོན་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: gandha­pradīpa­megha­śrī
A buddha realm in the distant past. BHS verse: Gandha­pradīpa­megha­śiri.
g.471
Gandhārciḥ­prabhā­svarā
Wylie: spos kyi ’od zer rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཟེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: gandhārciḥ­prabhā­svarā
A southeastern buddha realm.
g.472
Gandhārci­megha­śrī­rāja
Wylie: spos ’od ’phro ba’i sprin phun sum tshogs pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྤོས་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་སྤྲིན་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gandhārci­megha­śrī­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.473
Gandhārciravabhāsa­rāja
Wylie: spos kyi ’od ’phro ba rab tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀྱི་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gandhārciravabhāsa­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.474
gandharva
Wylie: dri za
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ།
Sanskrit: gandharva
A class of generally benevolent nonhuman beings who inhabit the skies, sometimes said to inhabit fantastic cities in the clouds, and more specifically to dwell on the eastern slopes of Mount Meru, where they are ruled by the Great King Dhṛtarāṣṭra. They are most renowned as celestial musicians who serve the gods. In the Abhidharma, the term is also used to refer to the mental body assumed by sentient beings during the intermediate state between death and rebirth. Gandharvas are said to live on fragrances (gandha) in the desire realm, hence the Tibetan translation dri za, meaning “scent eater.”
g.475
Gandharva­kāya­prabha­rāja
Wylie: dri za lus ’od rgyal po
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟ་ལུས་འོད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gandharva­kāya­prabha­rāja
The thirty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.476
Gandharva­rāja
Wylie: dri za’i rgyal
Tibetan: དྲི་ཟའི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: gandharva­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.477
Gandhavatī
Wylie: spos dri yod pa
Tibetan: སྤོས་དྲི་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: gandhavatī
Realm of the Buddha Ratnābha.
g.478
Gaṇendrarāja
Wylie: tshogs kyi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཚོགས་ཀྱི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: gaṇendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.479
Ganges
Wylie: gang gA
Tibetan: གང་གཱ།
Sanskrit: gaṅgā
The Gaṅgā, or Ganges in English, is considered to be the most sacred river of India, particularly within the Hindu tradition. It starts in the Himalayas, flows through the northern plains of India, bathing the holy city of Vārāṇasī, and meets the sea at the Bay of Bengal, in Bangladesh. In the sūtras, however, this river is mostly mentioned not for its sacredness but for its abundant sands‍—noticeable still today on its many sandy banks and at its delta‍—which serve as a common metaphor for infinitely large numbers.According to Buddhist cosmology, as explained in the Abhidharmakośa, it is one of the four rivers that flow from Lake Anavatapta and cross the southern continent of Jambudvīpa‍—the known human world or more specifically the Indian subcontinent.
g.480
gardenia
Wylie: par shi ka
Tibetan: པར་ཤི་ཀ
Sanskrit: vārṣika
Gardenia gummifera. A white fragrant flower that blooms in the rainy season. In other texts transliterated as bar sha ka or par sha ka.
g.481
Garjita­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa
Wylie: rgya mtsho chos kyi sprin sgra sgrogs pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: garjita­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.482
garuḍa
Wylie: nam mkha’ lding
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའ་ལྡིང་།
Sanskrit: garuḍa
In Indian mythology, the garuḍa is an eagle-like bird that is regarded as the king of all birds, normally depicted with a sharp, owl-like beak, often holding a snake, and with large and powerful wings. They are traditionally enemies of the nāgas. In the Vedas, they are said to have brought nectar from the heavens to earth. Garuḍa can also be used as a proper name for a king of such creatures.
g.483
Gati­candra­netra­nayana
Wylie: ’gro ba’i zla ba spyan tshul
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བའི་ཟླ་བ་སྤྱན་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: gati­candra­netra­nayana
The thirty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.484
Gatipravara
Wylie: ’gro ba’i mchog
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit: gatipravara
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.485
Ghoṣaśrī
Wylie: dbyangs kyi dpal
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ghoṣaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.486
Gopā
Wylie: go pa
Tibetan: གོ་པ།
Sanskrit: gopā
A wife of Śākyamuni and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 43.
g.487
Gopālaka
Wylie: sa skyong
Tibetan: ས་སྐྱོང་།
Sanskrit: gopālaka
A merchant in Maitreya’s birthplace.
g.488
great kalpa
Wylie: bskal pa chen po, bskal pa che ba
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་ཆེན་པོ།, བསྐལ་པ་ཆེ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahākalpa
The name of a certain kind of kalpa. The number of years in this kalpa differs in the various sūtras that give it a number, although it is said to equal four asaṃkhyeya (“incalculable”) kalpas.
g.489
Guṇa­cakravāla­śri­megha
Wylie: yon tan khor yug dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཁོར་ཡུག་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: guṇa­cakravāla­śri­megha
The ninety-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­cakravāla­śiri­megha.
g.490
Guṇa­cakravāla­śri­rāja
Wylie: yon tan ’khor yug dpal gyi rgyal
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་འཁོར་ཡུག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­cakravāla­śri­rāja
The forty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­cakravāla­śiri­rāja.
g.491
Guṇa­candra
Wylie: yon tan zla ba
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­candra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.492
Guṇa­ghoṣa
Wylie: yon tan sprin
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: guṇa­ghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.493
Guṇa­keśarīśvara
Wylie: yon tan seng ge’i dbang po
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་སེང་གེའི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­keśarīśvara
The fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.494
Guṇa­kusuma­śrī­sāgara
Wylie: yon tan me tog dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: guṇa­kusuma­śrī­sāgara
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.495
Guṇa­maṇḍala
Wylie: yon tan ’khor
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: guṇa­maṇḍala
A buddha in the distant past.
g.496
Guṇa­padma­śrī­garbha
Wylie: yon tan pad+mo dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­padma­śrī­garbha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.497
Guṇa­parvata­tejas
Wylie: yon tan ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: guṇa­parvata­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.498
Guṇa­prabhāvodgata
Wylie: yon tan gyi tshogs kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­prabhāvodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.499
Guṇa­pradīpa
Wylie: yon tan sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.500
Guṇa­rāja
Wylie: yon tan bdag
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་བདག
Sanskrit: guṇa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.501
Guṇa­raśmi­dhvaja
Wylie: yon tan ’od gzer rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་འོད་གཟེར་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: guṇa­raśmi­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.502
Guṇa­sāgara­śrī­pradīpa
Wylie: yon tan rgya mtsho dpal gyi sgron
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit: guṇa­sāgara­śrī­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­sāgaraḥ Giripradīpo. See n.­1419
g.503
Guṇa­saṃcaya
Wylie: yon tan bstsags pa
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་བསྩགས་པ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­saṃcaya
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.504
Guṇa­samudra
Wylie: yon tan rgya mtsho
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­samudra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.505
Guṇa­samudra­śrī
Wylie: yon tan rgya mtsho dpal
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­samudra­śrī
The thirty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­samudra­śirī.
g.506
Guṇa­samudrāvabhāsa­maṇḍala­śrī
Wylie: yon tan rgya mtsho snang ba’i dkyil ’khor gyi dpal
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྣང་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­samudrāvabhāsa­maṇḍala­śrī
A buddha in the distant past.
g.507
Guṇa­sumeru
Wylie: yon tan ri
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རི།
Sanskrit: guṇa­sumeru
A buddha in the distant past.
g.508
Guṇa­sumeru­prabha­tejas
Sanskrit: guṇa­sumeru­prabha­tejas
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past. See n.­1514.
g.509
Guṇa­sumeru­śrī
Wylie: yon tan ri rab dpal
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­sumeru­śrī
The eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Guṇa­sumeru­śirī.
g.510
Guṇa­tejas
Wylie: yon tan gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: guṇa­tejas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.511
Guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha
Wylie: yon tan rnam dag snying po
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྣམ་དག་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: guṇa­viśuddhi­garbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.512
Gying-ju
Wylie: gying ju
Tibetan: གྱིང་ཇུ།
Unidentified.
g.513
Harisumeruśrī
Wylie: seng ge ri rab dpal
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: harisumeruśrī
The eighty-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Harisumeruśirī.
g.514
head merchant
Wylie: tshong dpon
Tibetan: ཚོང་དཔོན།
Sanskrit: śreṣṭhin
g.515
heshang
Wylie: hwa shang
Tibetan: ཧྭ་ཤང་།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
From the Chinese 和上 (heshang) derived from the Sanskrit upādhyāya , a senior, learned monk.
g.516
Hetupadma
Wylie: rgyu pad+mo
Tibetan: རྒྱུ་པདྨོ།
Sanskrit: hetupadma
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.517
higher cognition
Wylie: mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: abhijñā
The higher cognitions are usually listed as five or six. In this sūtra they are listed as five and ten. The five are clairvoyance, clairaudience, knowledge of the minds of others, remembrance of past lives, and the ability to perform miracles.
g.518
Himalaya
Wylie: kha ba can
Tibetan: ཁ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: himālaya
g.519
Hrī­śrī­mañjari­prabhāvā
Wylie: ngo tsha shes pa’i dpal gyi dog pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ངོ་ཚ་ཤེས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་དོག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: hrī­śrī­mañjari­prabhāvā
A body goddess.
g.520
Illuminating Light of the Realm of the Dharma
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings rab tu snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: dharma­dhātu­pratibhāsa­prabha
An assembly hall of the bodhisattvas.
g.521
immeasurables
Wylie: tshad med pa
Tibetan: ཚད་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: aparamāṇa
The four meditations on love (maitrī), compassion (karuṇā), joy (muditā), and equanimity (upekṣā), as well as the states of mind and qualities of being that result from their cultivation. They are also called the four abodes of Brahmā (caturbrahmavihāra). In the Abhidharmakośa, Vasubandhu explains that they are called apramāṇa‍—meaning “infinite” or “limitless”‍—because they take limitless sentient beings as their object, and they generate limitless merit and results. Love is described as the wish that beings be happy, and it acts as an antidote to malice (vyāpāda). Compassion is described as the wish for beings to be free of suffering, and acts as an antidote to harmfulness (vihiṃsā). Joy refers to rejoicing in the happiness beings already have, and it acts as an antidote to dislike or aversion (arati) toward others’ success. Equanimity is considering all beings impartially, without distinctions, and it is the antidote to attachment to both pleasure and malice (kāmarāgavyāpāda).
g.522
Indra
Wylie: dbang po
Tibetan: དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: indra
The deity, also called Mahendra (“Lord of the Devas”), who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. He is also known as Śakra (Tib. brgya byin, “Hundred Offerings”). Śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu (“one who has performed a hundred sacrifices”). The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse-sacrifice ritual, and there is a tradition that Indra became the lord of the gods through performing them.
g.523
Indramati
Wylie: dbang po’i blo gros
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: indramati
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.524
Indraśrī
Wylie: dbang po’i dpal
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: indraśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.525
Indriyeśvara
Wylie: dbang po’i dbang phyug
Tibetan: དབང་པོའི་དབང་ཕྱུག
Sanskrit: indriyeśvara
A young boy, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 15.
g.526
intermediate kalpa
Wylie: bskal pa bar ma
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ་བར་མ།
Sanskrit: antarakalpa
This kalpa is one cycle of the increase and decrease of the lifespan of beings. It is also called a “small kalpa.” It consists of four ages, or yugas.
g.527
Īṣāṇa
Wylie: yongs su tshol ba
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་ཚོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: īṣāṇa
A land in the south of India.
g.528
Īśvara
Sanskrit: īśvara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1899.
g.529
Īśvaradeva
Wylie: dbang phyug lha
Tibetan: དབང་ཕྱུག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: īśvaradeva
The names of two of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.530
Īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja
Wylie: dbang phyug gi yon tan gzhan gyis mi thub pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: དབང་ཕྱུག་གི་ཡོན་ཏན་གཞན་གྱིས་མི་ཐུབ་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past. His name as given in prose. In verse he is called Īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja.
g.531
Īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja
Wylie: phyug yon tan mi thub rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཕྱུག་ཡོན་ཏན་མི་ཐུབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: īśvarājita­guṇa­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past. His name as given in verse. In the prose he is called Īśvara­guṇāparājita­dhvaja.
g.532
Jagadindrarāja
Wylie: ’gro ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jagadindrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.533
Jaga­mantra­sāgara
Wylie: ’gro skad rgya mtsho
Tibetan: འགྲོ་སྐད་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: jaga­mantra­sāgara
The hundred-and-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.534
Jaganmitra
Wylie: ’gro ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: jaganmitra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.535
Jain
Wylie: zhags pa ’thub pa
Tibetan: ཞགས་པ་འཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: nirgrantha, pāṣaṇḍa
A religious tradition derived from Śākyamuni’s elder contemporary Mahāvīra.
g.536
Jambu River
Wylie: ’dzam bu’i chu klung
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུའི་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: jambunadī
Legendary river carrying the golden fruit fallen from the legendary jambu (“rose apple”) tree. This term is used as an adjective for the gold found in rivers. When used as an adjective, the Sanskrit is jāmbūnada.
g.537
Jambu River
Wylie: ’dzam bu chu klung
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་།
Sanskrit: jambūnada
Legendary river carrying the remains of the golden fruit of a legendary jambu (rose apple) tree.
g.538
Jambudhvaja
Wylie: ’dzam bu rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jambudhvaja
An alternative name for Jambudvīpa (“Rose-Apple Continent”), which means “Rose-Apple Banner.”
g.539
Jambudvīpa
Wylie: ’dzam bu gling
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་གླིང་།
Sanskrit: jambudvīpa
The name of the southern continent in Buddhist cosmology, which can signify either the known human world, or more specifically the Indian subcontinent, literally “the jambu island/continent.” Jambu is the name used for a range of plum-like fruits from trees belonging to the genus Szygium, particularly Szygium jambos and Szygium cumini, and it has commonly been rendered “rose apple,” although “black plum” may be a less misleading term. Among various explanations given for the continent being so named, one (in the Abhidharmakośa) is that a jambu tree grows in its northern mountains beside Lake Anavatapta, mythically considered the source of the four great rivers of India, and that the continent is therefore named from the tree or the fruit. Jambudvīpa has the Vajrāsana at its center and is the only continent upon which buddhas attain awakening.
g.540
jambul tree
Wylie: ’dzam bu’i shing
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུའི་ཤིང་།
Sanskrit: jambāvṛkṣa
Syzygium cumini. At present mainly called the jambul tree, it is the Indian version among the various species of rose apple trees.
g.541
Jāmbū­nada­prabhāsa­vatī
Wylie: ’dzam bu chu klung gi mdog dang ldan pa
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་གི་མདོག་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: jāmbū­nada­prabhāsa­vatī
An eastern buddha realm.
g.542
Jāmbū­nada­tejorāja
Wylie: ’dzam bu chu klung gi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: འཛམ་བུ་ཆུ་ཀླུང་གི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jāmbū­nada­tejorāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.543
jasmine
Wylie: su ma na
Tibetan: སུ་མ་ན།
Sanskrit: sumana
Jasminum sambac.
g.544
Jayaṃgama
Wylie: rgyal bar gyur pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: jayaṃgama
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.545
Jayaprabha
Wylie: rgyal ba’i ’od
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: jayaprabha
Presumably a member of the royal dynasty in Kaliṅgavana. He is said to have donated the parkland that Bhikṣuṇī Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā dwells in. Also the name of a king in another world realm in the distant past.
g.546
Jayoṣmāyatana
Wylie: rgyal ba’i drod kyi skye mched
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་དྲོད་ཀྱི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: jayoṣmāyatana
A brahmin, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 12.
g.547
Jayottama
Wylie: rgyal ba dam pa
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: jayottama
A head merchant who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 26.
g.548
Jeta
Wylie: dze ta
Tibetan: ཛེ་ཏ།
Sanskrit: jeta
A short form of Jetavana, a park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”
g.549
Jetadhvaja
Wylie: dze ta’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཛེ་ཏའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jetadhvaja
An alternative name for Jetavana Park in Śrāvastī, the capital of Kosala, which had been owned by Prince Jeta. Anāthapiṇḍada bought it from him at a high price in order to offer it to the Buddha as a place to house the monks during the monsoon period, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. See also “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park.”
g.550
Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s Park
Wylie: dze ta’i tshal skyabs myed pa la zas sbyin gyi kun dga’ ra ba
Tibetan: ཛེ་ཏའི་ཚལ་སྐྱབས་མྱེད་པ་ལ་ཟས་སྦྱིན་གྱི་ཀུན་དགའ་ར་བ།
Sanskrit: jetavanam anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ AO
One of the first Buddhist monasteries, located in a park outside Śrāvastī, the capital of the ancient kingdom of Kośala in northern India. This park was originally owned by Prince Jeta, hence the name Jetavana, meaning Jeta’s grove. The wealthy merchant Anāthapiṇḍada, wishing to offer it to the Buddha, sought to buy it from him, but the prince, not wishing to sell, said he would only do so if Anāthapiṇḍada covered the entire property with gold coins. Anāthapiṇḍada agreed, and managed to cover all of the park except the entrance, hence the name Anāthapiṇḍadasyārāmaḥ, meaning Anāthapiṇḍada’s park. The place is usually referred to in the sūtras as “Jetavana, Anāthapiṇḍada’s park,” and according to the Saṃghabhedavastu the Buddha used Prince Jeta’s name in first place because that was Prince Jeta’s own unspoken wish while Anāthapiṇḍada was offering the park. Inspired by the occasion and the Buddha’s use of his name, Prince Jeta then offered the rest of the property and had an entrance gate built. The Buddha specifically instructed those who recite the sūtras to use Prince Jeta’s name in first place to commemorate the mutual effort of both benefactors. Anāthapiṇḍada built residences for the monks, to house them during the monsoon season, thus creating the first Buddhist monastery. It was one of the Buddha’s main residences, where he spent around nineteen rainy season retreats, and it was therefore the setting for many of the Buddha’s discourses and events. According to the travel accounts of Chinese monks, it was still in use as a Buddhist monastery in the early fifth century ᴄᴇ, but by the sixth century it had been reduced to ruins.
g.551
jina
Wylie: rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: jina
An epithet for a buddha meaning “victorious one.”
g.552
Jinamitra
Wylie: dzi na mi tra
Tibetan: ཛི་ན་མི་ཏྲ།
Sanskrit: jinamitra
Jinamitra was invited to Tibet during the reign of King Trisong Detsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98 ᴄᴇ) and was involved with the translation of nearly two hundred texts, continuing into the reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.
g.553
jinaputra
Wylie: rgyal ba’i sras, rgyal ba’i sras po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་བའི་སྲས།, རྒྱལ་བའི་སྲས་པོ།
Sanskrit: jinaputra
An epithet for a bodhisattva meaning “child of the jinas.”
g.554
Jñāna­bala­parvata­tejas
Wylie: ye shes kyi stobs kyi ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྟོབས་ཀྱི་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­bala­parvata­tejas
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.555
Jñāna­bhāskara­tejas
Wylie: ye shes nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­bhāskara­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.556
Jñānabuddhi
Wylie: ye shes ri bo’i blo
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རི་བོའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: jñānabuddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.557
Jñānākaracūḍa
Wylie: ye shes ’byung gnas gtsug phud
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འབྱུང་གནས་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: jñānākaracūḍa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.558
Jñānaketu (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.559
Jñānaketu (the buddha)
Wylie: ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānaketu
The name of a buddha in the distant past.
g.560
Jñāna­maṇḍala­prabhāsa
Wylie: ye shes dkyil ’khor snang ba
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­maṇḍala­prabhāsa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.561
Jñānamati
Wylie: ye shes blo, ye shes blo gros
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ།, ཡེ་ཤེས་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: jñānamati
A buddha in the distant past in chapter 36 (translated ye shes blo), and the twenty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past in chapter 37 (translated ye shes blo gros).
g.562
Jñāna­parvata­dharma­dhātu­dikpratapana­tejorāja
Wylie: ye shes ri bo’i ’od chos kyi dbyings su snang ba’i gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རི་བོའི་འོད་ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་སུ་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­parvata­dharma­dhātu­dikpratapana­tejorāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.563
Jñāna­raśmi­jvalana­cūḍa
Wylie: ’od zer ’bar ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་འབར་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­raśmi­jvalana­cūḍa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.564
Jñāna­raśmi­megha­prabha
Wylie: ye shes ’od gzer gyi sprin gyi ’od
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­raśmi­megha­prabha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.565
Jñānārci­jvalita­śarīra
Wylie: ye shes ’od ’phro ’bar ba’i sku
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་འབར་བའི་སྐུ།
Sanskrit: jñānārci­jvalita­śarīra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.566
Jñānārci­sāgara­śrī
Wylie: ye shes ’od ’phro rgya mtsho dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānārci­sāgara­śrī
The hundredth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Jñānārci­sāgara­śiri.
g.567
Jñānārci­śrī­sāgara
Wylie: ye shes ’od ’phro ba dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་བ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jñānārci­śrī­sāgara
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.568
Jñānārci­teja­śrī
Wylie: ye shes ’od ’phro gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་འོད་འཕྲོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñānārci­teja­śrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Jñānārci­teja­śiri.
g.569
Jñāna­saṃbhārodgata
Wylie: ye shes rgya mtshos ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱ་མཚོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­saṃbhārodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.570
Jñāna­śikharārci­megha
Wylie: ye shes spo’i ’od ’phro sprin
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྤོའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: jñāna­śikharārci­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.571
Jñāna­siṃha­ketu­dhvaja­rāja
Wylie: ye shes seng ge’i dpal gyi rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སེང་གེའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­siṃha­ketu­dhvaja­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.572
Jñāna­śrī (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: ye shes kyi dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­śrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.573
Jñāna­śrī (the buddha)
Wylie: ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jñāna­śrī
The name of the twenty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Jñāna­śirī.
g.574
Jñāna­śrī­puṇya­prabhā
Wylie: ye shes phun sum tshogs pa’i bsod nams ’od
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­śrī­puṇya­prabhā
A night goddess in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa. A previous life of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.
g.575
Jñāna­sūrya­tejas
Wylie: ye shes nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­sūrya­tejas
A bodhisattva in the distant past.
g.576
Jñānāvabhāsa­tejas
Wylie: ye shes snang ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: jñānāvabhāsa­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.577
Jñānavairocana
Wylie: ye shes rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: jñānavairocana
A śrāvaka in the distant past.
g.578
Jñāna­vajra­tejas
Wylie: ye shes rdo rje’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: jñāna­vajra­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.579
Jñānodgata
Wylie: ye shes kyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: jñānodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.580
Jñānolkāvabhāsa­rāja
Wylie: ye shes skar mda’ snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྐར་མདའ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: jñānolkāvabhāsa­rāja
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.581
Jñānottara­jñānin
Wylie: shes pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཤེས་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: jñānottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.582
Jvalanārciḥ­parvata­śrī­vyūha
Wylie: me’i ’od ’phro ri’i dpal gyi rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: མེའི་འོད་འཕྲོ་རིའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: jvalanārciḥ­parvata­śrī­vyūha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.583
Jvalanaśrīśa
Wylie: me yi dpal
Tibetan: མེ་ཡི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: jvalanaśrīśa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.584
Jvalitatejas
Wylie: gzi brjid ’bar ba
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: jvalitatejas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.585
Jyotidhvaja
Wylie: snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jyotidhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.586
Jyotiḥprabha
Wylie: skar ’od
Tibetan: སྐར་འོད།
Sanskrit: jyotiḥprabha
Refers to the king Jyotiṣprabha in verse.
g.587
Jyotirarci­nayanā
Wylie: snang ba ’od ’phro mig
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་འོད་འཕྲོ་མིག
Sanskrit: jyotirarci­nayanā
Refers to night goddess Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā.
g.588
Jyotirdhvaja
Wylie: skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jyotirdhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.589
Jyotiṣprabha (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: skar ma’i ’od
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: jyotiṣprabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.590
Jyotiṣprabha (the king)
Wylie: skar ma’i ’od
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: jyotiṣprabha
A king in another world in the distant past. A past life of King Śuddhodana. Also called Jyotiḥprabha in verse.
g.591
kākhorda
Wylie: byad stems
Tibetan: བྱད་སྟེམས།
Sanskrit: kākhorda
A generally malevolent class of nonhuman being.
g.592
Kaliṅgavana
Wylie: ka ling ga’i nags tshal
Tibetan: ཀ་ལིང་གའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit: kaliṅgavana
A town in South India.
g.593
kalpa
Wylie: bskal pa
Tibetan: བསྐལ་པ།
Sanskrit: kalpa
The Indian concept of a period of millions of years, sometimes equivalent to the time when a world appears, exists, and disappears. There are also the intermediate kalpas during the existence of a world, the longest of which is called asamkhyeya, (literally “incalculable,” even though the number of its years is calculated).
g.594
kalyāṇamitra
Wylie: dge ba’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: kalyāṇamitra
The Sanskrit can mean “good friend” or “beneficial friend.” The Tibetan can mean “virtuous friend” or “friend of virtue.” A title for a teacher of the spiritual path.
g.595
Kanaka­jāla­kāya­vibhūṣita
Wylie: gser gyi dra bas sku rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་དྲ་བས་སྐུ་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: kanaka­jāla­kāya­vibhūṣita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.596
Kanaka­maṇi­parvata­ghoṣa
Wylie: gser rin po che’i ri’i dbyangs
Tibetan: གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རིའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: kanaka­maṇi­parvata­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.597
Kanaka­maṇi­parvata­tejobhadra
Wylie: gser rin po che’i ri bo gzi brjid bzang po
Tibetan: གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་བོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: kanaka­maṇi­parvata­tejobhadra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.598
Kanaka­megha­pradīpa­dhvajā
Wylie: gser gyi sprin sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: kanaka­megha­pradīpa­dhvajā
A buddha realm in the east.
g.599
Kanaka­muni
Wylie: gser thub
Tibetan: གསེར་ཐུབ།
Sanskrit: kanaka­muni
The second buddha in our Bhadra kalpa.
g.600
Kanaka­vatī
Wylie: gser yod pa
Tibetan: གསེར་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kanaka­vatī
The realm of the Buddha Śantābha.
g.601
Kanaka­vimala­prabhā
Wylie: gser ltar dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: གསེར་ལྟར་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: kanaka­vimala­prabhā
A world realm in the eastern direction. Also called Kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha.
g.602
Kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha
Wylie: gser ltar dri ma med pa’i ’od kyi rgyan
Tibetan: གསེར་ལྟར་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: kanaka­vimala­prabhā­vyūha
A world realm in the eastern direction. Also called Kanaka­vimala­prabhā.
g.603
Kāñcanaparvata
Wylie: gser gyi ri bo
Tibetan: གསེར་གྱི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: kāñcanaparvata
A buddha in the distant past.
g.604
Kapilavastu
Wylie: ser skya’i gnas
Tibetan: སེར་སྐྱའི་གནས།
Sanskrit: kapilavastu
The Buddha’s hometown. Also translated elsewhere as ser skya’i grong.
g.605
Kapphiṇa
Sanskrit: kapphiṇa
A principal teacher of the monastic saṅgha during the Buddha’s lifetime. Described as pale skinned and with a prominent nose. See n.­118.
g.606
karṣa
Wylie: zho
Tibetan: ཞོ།
Sanskrit: karṣa
An ancient Indian weight that is the equivalent of about nine grams or around one third of an ounce.
g.607
Karuṇatejas
Wylie: thugs rje’i ’od
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྗེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: karuṇatejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.608
Kāruṇika
Wylie: thugs rje che mnga’
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེ་མངའ།
Sanskrit: kāruṇika
The eighteenth (nineteenth in the Sanskrit) buddha in a kalpa in the distant past
g.609
Kāṣāyadhvajā
Wylie: ngur smrig gi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ངུར་སྨྲིག་གི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: kāṣāyadhvajā
A buddha realm in the north.
g.610
Kāśyapa
Wylie: bsod skyabs
Tibetan: བསོད་སྐྱབས།
Sanskrit: kāśyapa
The third buddha in the present Bhadra kalpa who preceded Śākyamuni. Also called Mahākāśyapa. The common translation, including in the Mahāvyutpatti, is ’od srung.
g.611
kaṭapūtana
Wylie: lus srul po
Tibetan: ལུས་སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: kaṭapūtana
A class of malevolent nonhuman beings who are often identified as the source of illness.
g.612
Kātyāyana
Wylie: ka tya’i bu
Tibetan: ཀ་ཏྱའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: kātyāyana
One of the ten principal pupils of the Buddha. He was foremost in explaining the Dharma.
g.613
Keśaranandin
Wylie: ze ba dga’ ba
Tibetan: ཟེ་བ་དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: keśaranandin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.614
Ketu
Wylie: dpal
Tibetan: དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ketu
In chapter 10 the name of a buddha in the past. In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.615
Ketuprabhā
Wylie: dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: ketuprabhā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.616
Ketuśrī
Wylie: dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ketuśrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.617
Kevalaka
Wylie: dag pa
Tibetan: དག་པ།
Sanskrit: kevalaka
A region in Magadha.
g.618
King Senalek
Wylie: sad na legs
Tibetan: སད་ན་ལེགས།
Also commonly known by the names Senalek Jingyön (sad na legs mjing yon) and Mutik Tenpo (mu tig bstan po), he was a Tibetan king who reigned ca 800/804–15. He was the youngest son of King Trisong Detsen (khri srong lde btsan, r. 742–98).
g.619
kinnara
Wylie: mi’am ci
Tibetan: མིའམ་ཅི།
Sanskrit: kinnara, kiṃnara
A class of nonhuman beings that resemble humans to the degree that their very name‍—which means “is that human?”‍—suggests some confusion as to their divine status. Kinnaras are mythological beings found in both Buddhist and Brahmanical literature, where they are portrayed as creatures half human, half animal. They are often depicted as highly skilled celestial musicians.
g.620
kleśa
Wylie: nyon mongs
Tibetan: ཉོན་མོངས།
Sanskrit: kleśa
The essentially pure nature of mind is obscured and afflicted by various psychological defilements, which destroy the mind’s peace and composure and lead to unwholesome deeds of body, speech, and mind, acting as causes for continued existence in saṃsāra. Included among them are the primary afflictions of desire (rāga), anger (dveṣa), and ignorance (avidyā). It is said that there are eighty-four thousand of these negative mental qualities, for which the eighty-four thousand categories of the Buddha’s teachings serve as the antidote. Kleśa is also commonly translated as “negative emotions,” “disturbing emotions,” and so on. The Pāli kilesa, Middle Indic kileśa, and Buddhist Hybrid Sanskrit kleśa all primarily mean “stain” or “defilement.” The translation “affliction” is a secondary development that derives from the more general (non-Buddhist) classical understanding of √kliś (“to harm,“ “to afflict”). Both meanings are noted by Buddhist commentators.
g.621
Krakucchanda
Wylie: log par dad sel
Tibetan: ལོག་པར་དད་སེལ།
Sanskrit: krakucchanda
The first of the buddhas in this kalpa, with Śākyamuni as the fourth. Also listed as the fourth of the seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The Tibetan translation in this sūtra and in others, such as the Kāraṇḍa­vyūha Sūtra ( The Basket’s Display , Toh 116), means “elimination of incorrect faith.” This version is also found in the Mahāvyutpatti, whereas the later standard Tibetan translation is ’khor ba ’jig (“destruction of saṃsāra”). Krakucchanda is a Sanskritization of the Middle-Indic name Kakusaṃdha. Kaku may mean “summit,” and saṃdha is “inner meaning” or “hidden meaning.”
g.622
Kṣānti­maṇḍala­pradīpa
Wylie: bzod ’khor sgron ma
Tibetan: བཟོད་འཁོར་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti­maṇḍala­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.623
Kṣānti­pradīpa­śrī
Wylie: bzod pa’i sgron ma dpal
Tibetan: བཟོད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: kṣānti­pradīpa­śrī
The ninety-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Kṣānti­pradīpa­śirī.
g.624
kṣatriya
Wylie: rgyal rigs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་རིགས།
Sanskrit: kṣatriya
The ruling caste in the traditional four-caste hierarchy of India, associated with warriors, the aristocracy, and kings.
g.625
Kṣemaṃkara
Wylie: bde ba mdzad pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣemaṃkara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.626
Kṣemāvatī
Wylie: bde ba yod pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: kṣemāvatī
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.627
kumbhāṇḍa
Wylie: grul bum
Tibetan: གྲུལ་བུམ།
Sanskrit: kumbhāṇḍa
Dwarf spirits said to have either large stomachs or huge pot-sized testicles.
g.628
Kundaśrī
Wylie: me tog kun da’i dpal
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་དའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: kundaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.629
Kusuma
Wylie: me tog
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: kusuma
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.630
Kusumadhvaja
Wylie: me tog rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: kusumadhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.631
Kusumagarbha
Wylie: me tog mchog
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་མཆོག
Sanskrit: kusumagarbha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.632
Kusumaketu
Wylie: me tog dpal
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: kusumaketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.633
kusuma­kośa
Wylie: me tog gi mdzod
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་གི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit: kusuma­kośa
A magical tree, the name of which means “treasure of flowers.”
g.634
Kusumarāśi
Wylie: me tog brtsegs
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་བརྩེགས།
Sanskrit: kusumarāśi
A buddha in the distant past.
g.635
Kusumārci­sāgara­pradīpa
Wylie: me tog ’od ’phro rgya mtsho sgron
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་འོད་འཕྲོ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit: kusumārci­sāgara­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.636
Kusumaśrī
Wylie: me tog dpal
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: kusumaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.637
Kusuma­tala­garbha­vyūhālaṃkāra
Wylie: gzhi me tog gi snying po’i rgyan gyis brgyan pa
Tibetan: གཞི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: kusuma­tala­garbha­vyūhālaṃkāra
An ocean of universes that includes our Sahā universe of a thousand million worlds and the even greater assembly of universes called Prabhāsa­vairocana. It has elsewhere been interpreted to be an alternative name for the Sahā universe.
g.638
Kusumottara­jñānin
Wylie: me tog dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: kusumottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.639
kūṭāgāra
Wylie: pho brang brtsegs pa, khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan: ཕོ་བྲང་བརྩེགས་པ།, ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kūṭāgāra
Distinctive Indian assembly hall or temple with one ground-floor room and a high ornamental roof, sometimes a barrel shape with apses but more usually a tapering roof, tower, or spire, it contains at least one additional upper room within the structure. Kūṭāgāra literally means “upper chamber” and is short for kūṭāgāraśala, “hall with an upper chamber or chambers.” The Mahābodhi temple in Bodhgaya is an example of a kūṭāgāra.
g.640
Kūṭāgāra
Wylie: khang pa brtsegs pa
Tibetan: ཁང་པ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: kūṭāgāra
A seaside town in South India.
g.641
Kuṭi
Wylie: khang khyim can
Tibetan: ཁང་ཁྱིམ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: kuṭi
The hamlet from which Maitreya comes.
g.642
Lakṣaṇa­bhūṣita­gātra
Wylie: sku mtshan gyis rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་མཚན་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­bhūṣita­gātra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.643
Lakṣaṇa­meru
Wylie: mtshan gyi
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­meru
A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1414.
g.644
Lakṣaṇa­parvata­vairocana
Wylie: mtshan gyi ri bo rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི་རི་བོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­parvata­vairocana
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.645
Lakṣaṇa­rucira­supuṣpitāṅga
Wylie: mtshan yid du ’ong ba’i me tog gi yan lag shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: མཚན་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་ཡན་ལག་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­rucira­supuṣpitāṅga
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.646
Lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata
Wylie: mtshan gyi dpal ri bo
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི་དཔལ་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­śrī­parvata
A buddha in the distant past.
g.647
Lakṣaṇa­sumeru
Wylie: mtshan nyid ri rab
Tibetan: མཚན་ཉིད་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­sumeru
A buddha in the distant past.
g.648
Lakṣaṇa­sūrya­cakra­samanta­prabha
Wylie: mtshan gyi nyi ma’i ’khor lo kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི་ཉི་མའི་འཁོར་ལོ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­sūrya­cakra­samanta­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.649
Lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­dhvaja­candra
Wylie: mtshan gyi rnam par brgyan pa’i rgyal mtshan zla ba
Tibetan: མཚན་གྱི་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­dhvaja­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.650
Laṅka
Wylie: lang ka
Tibetan: ལང་ཀ
Sanskrit: laṅka
The island presently called Sri Lanka, it was known as Ceylon while it was a British colony.
g.651
level
Wylie: sa
Tibetan: ས།
Sanskrit: bhūmi
See “bhūmi.”
g.652
liberations
Wylie: rnam par thar ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་བ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣa
This can include any method for liberation. There are numerous liberations described in this sūtra, each kalyāṇamitra having a specific liberation.
g.653
limbs of enlightenment
Wylie: byang chub kyi yan lag
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: bodhyaṅga
The seven limbs of enlightenment are mindfulness, analysis of phenomena, diligence, joy, tranquility, and samādhi. Also translated here as “aspects of enlightenment.”
g.654
Lokāyata
Wylie: ’jig rten rgyang phen
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་རྒྱང་ཕེན།
Sanskrit: lokāyata
Also called the Cārvāka school, it was an ancient Indian school with a materialistic viewpoint accepting only the evidence of the senses and rejecting the existence of a creator deity or other lifetimes. Their teachings now survive only in quotations by opponents.
g.655
Lokendra­ghoṣa
Wylie: ’jig rten dbang po’i dbyangs
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: lokendra­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.656
Lokendra­kāya­pratibhāsa­prabha
Wylie: ’jig rten dbang po’i lus ni snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོའི་ལུས་ནི་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: lokendra­kāya­pratibhāsa­prabha
The fifty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.657
Lokendra­pravara­prabha­ghoṣa
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi dbang po dam pa’i ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་དབང་པོ་དམ་པའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: lokendra­pravara­prabha­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.658
Lokendra­teja­śrī­bhadra
Wylie: ’jig rten dbang po ’od bzang dpal
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་དབང་པོ་འོད་བཟང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: lokendra­teja­śrī­bhadra
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Lokendra­teja­śiri­bhadra.
g.659
lotus
Wylie: pad mo, pad+mo, pad ma, pad+ma
Tibetan: པད་མོ།, པདྨོ།, པད་མ།, པདྨ།
Sanskrit: nalinī, padma
See “red lotus.”
g.660
Lumbinī
Wylie: lum bi ni
Tibetan: ལུམ་བི་ནི།
Sanskrit: lumbinī
The place where the Buddha Śākyamuni was born.
g.661
madder
Wylie: leb rgan
Tibetan: ལེབ་རྒན།
Sanskrit: māñjiṣṭha
A distinctive shade of red now known as “rose madder,” common in ancient India and derived from the root of the madder plant (Rubia manjista/Rubia tinctorum). According to the Mahāvyutpatti, the Tibetan should be btsod.
g.662
Magadha
Wylie: ma ga dha
Tibetan: མ་ག་དྷ།
Sanskrit: magadha
The ancient kingdom in what is now southern Bihar, within which the Buddha attained enlightenment. During most of the life of the Buddha it was ruled by King Bimbisāra. During the Buddha’s later years it began to expand greatly under the reign of King Ajātaśatru, and in the third century, during the reign of Aśoka, it become an empire that controlled most of India.
g.663
magnolia
Wylie: tsam pa ka
Tibetan: ཙམ་པ་ཀ
Sanskrit: campaka
Magnolia campaca.
g.664
Mahā­bala­vega­sthāma
Wylie: shugs drag stobs chen
Tibetan: ཤུགས་དྲག་སྟོབས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: mahā­bala­vega­sthāma
Lord of the garuḍas. Also called Mahāvegadhārin.
g.665
Mahābrahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa chen po
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahābrahmā
The principal deity in the Brahmā paradises. Also called Brahmā.
g.666
Mahābrahma
Wylie: tshangs chen
Tibetan: ཚངས་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: mahābrahma
The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the first dhyāna in the form realm.
g.667
Mahādeva
Wylie: lha chen po
Tibetan: ལྷ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahādeva
An epithet of Śiva.
g.668
Mahā­karuṇa­megha­dhvaja
Wylie: thugs rje chen po’i sprin gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇa­megha­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.669
Mahā­karuṇa­megha­śrī
Wylie: snying rje chen po’i sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇa­megha­śrī
The seventieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Mahā­karuṇa­megha­śirī.
g.670
Mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa
Wylie: snying rje chen po’i tshul gyi sprin rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་ཚུལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇānaya­megha­nigarjita­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.671
Mahā­karuṇā­siṃha
Wylie: thugs rje chen po’i seng ge
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit: mahā­karuṇā­siṃha
The third of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.
g.672
Mahākāruṇika
Wylie: thugs rje chen po mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྗེ་ཆེན་པོ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: mahākāruṇika
The first of five hundred buddhas in a future kalpa.
g.673
Mahākāśyapa
Wylie: ’od srungs chen po
Tibetan: འོད་སྲུངས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahākāśyapa
One of the Buddha’s principal pupils, he became the Buddha’s successor on his passing. Also the preceding Buddha, the third in this kalpa, with Śākyamuni as the fourth. He is also called Kāśyapa. Elsewhere often spelled ’od srung chen po.
g.674
Mahā­maitryudgata
Wylie: byams pa chen pos ’phags pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ་ཆེན་པོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: mahā­maitryudgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.675
Mahāmati (the king)
Wylie: blo gros chen po
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmati
A king in the distant past.
g.676
Mahāmati (the upāsaka)
Wylie: blo gros chen po
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāmati
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.677
Mahāprabha
Wylie: ’od chen po
Tibetan: འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprabha
“Great Light.” A kalpa in the distant past.
g.678
Mahāprabha
Wylie: rgya chen po’i ’od, ’od chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོའི་འོད།, འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprabha
The name of one of the bodhisattvas in the Buddha Śākyamuni’s presence in Śrāvastī in chapter 1 (where it is translated as rgya chen po’i ’od), and the name of the king, one of Sudhana’s kalyāṇamitras, in chapter 22 (where it is translated as ’od chen po).
g.679
Mahāprabhasa
Wylie: ’od chen po
Tibetan: འོད་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprabhasa
A city in South India.
g.680
Mahāprajña
Wylie: shes rab chen po
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprajña
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.681
Mahāprajñā
Wylie: shes rab chen mo
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཆེན་མོ།
Sanskrit: mahāprajñā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.682
Mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śrī
Wylie: smon lam chen po shugs kyi dpal
Tibetan: སྨོན་ལམ་ཆེན་པོ་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śrī
The ninety-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Mahā­praṇidhi­vega­śiri.
g.683
mahārāja
Wylie: rgyal po chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་པོ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahārāja
Literally means “great king.” In addition to referring to human kings, this is also the epithet for the four deities on the base of Mount Meru, each one the guardian of his direction: Vaiśravaṇa in the north, Dhṛtarāṣṭra in the east, Virūpākṣa in the west, and Virūḍhaka in the south.
g.684
Mahāsaṃbhava
Wylie: ’byung ba chen po
Tibetan: འབྱུང་བ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāsaṃbhava
A town in the south of India.
g.685
Mahāsanārcis
Wylie: ’od ’phro chen pos bzhugs pa
Tibetan: འོད་འཕྲོ་ཆེན་པོས་བཞུགས་པ།
Sanskrit: mahāsanārcis
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.686
Mahāsudata
Wylie: legs par byin pa chen po
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་བྱིན་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāsudata
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.687
Mahā­tejaḥ­parākrama
Wylie: gzi brjid chen po’i mthu
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཆེན་པོའི་མཐུ།
Sanskrit: mahā­tejaḥ­parākrama
A cakravartin king in the distant past.
g.688
Mahātejas
Wylie: blo gros chen po’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་ཆེན་པོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: mahātejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.689
Mahāvatsa
Wylie: bu chen po
Tibetan: བུ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvatsa
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.690
Mahāvegadhārin
Wylie: shugs chen po ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཤུགས་ཆེན་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: mahāvegadhārin
A garuḍa lord. Also called Mahā­bala­vega­sthāma.
g.691
Mahāvyūha
Wylie: rgyan chen po
Tibetan: རྒྱན་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāvyūha
A great park in South India.
g.692
Mahāyaśas
Wylie: grags pa chen po
Tibetan: གྲགས་པ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahāyaśas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.693
Mahendradeva
Wylie: dbang phyug lha
Tibetan: དབང་ཕྱུག་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: mahendradeva
The name of a future buddha in this kalpa.
g.694
Maheśvara
Wylie: dbang phyug chen po
Tibetan: དབང་ཕྱུག་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: maheśvara
A name for Śiva. In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.695
Maholkādhārin
Wylie: sgron ma chen po ’dzin pa
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་ཆེན་པོ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: maholkādhārin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.696
mahoraga
Wylie: lto ’phye chen po
Tibetan: ལྟོ་འཕྱེ་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: mahoraga
Literally “great serpents,” mahoragas are supernatural beings depicted as large, subterranean beings with human torsos and heads and the lower bodies of serpents. Their movements are said to cause earthquakes, and they make up a class of subterranean geomantic spirits whose movement through the seasons and months of the year is deemed significant for construction projects.
g.697
Maitraśrī
Wylie: byams pa’i dpal
Tibetan: བྱམས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: maitraśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.698
Maitrayaṇī
Wylie: byams ma
Tibetan: བྱམས་མ།
Sanskrit: maitrayaṇī
A princess, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 13.
g.699
Maitreya
Wylie: byams pa
Tibetan: བྱམས་པ།
Sanskrit: maitreya
The bodhisattva who became Śākyamuni’s regent and is prophesied to be the next buddha, the fifth buddha in the Bhadra kalpa. In early Buddhism he appears as the human disciple sent to pay his respects by his teacher; the Buddha gives him the gift a of a robe and prophesies that he will be the next buddha, while his companion Ajita will be the next cakravartin. As a bodhisattva he has both these names.
g.700
makara
Wylie: chu srin
Tibetan: ཆུ་སྲིན།
Sanskrit: makara
A fabled sea monster, the front part of which is a mammal. It is said to be the largest animal in the world, with the strongest bite. Its head is said to be a combination of the features of an elephant, a crocodile, and a boar. The name is also applied to the dugong, the crocodile (in particular the Mugger crocodile, whose name is even derived from makara), and the dolphin, particularly the Ganges dolphin, because the Ganges goddess is said to ride on a makara.
g.701
Māladas
Wylie: phreng ba stobs
Tibetan: ཕྲེང་བ་སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: māladāḥ
The name of the people in the land where Maitreya was born. The sūtra states that it is in the south of India.
g.702
Malaya
Wylie: ma la ya
Tibetan: མ་ལ་ཡ།
Sanskrit: malaya
The range of mountains in West India, also called the Western ghats, known for its sandalwood forests.
g.703
Manasya
Wylie: yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: manasya
Nāga king.
g.704
Maṇi­cakra­vicitra­pratimaṇḍita­vyūhā
Wylie: rin chen ’khor lo sna tshogs kyis klubs shing brgyan pa
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འཁོར་ལོ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱིས་ཀླུབས་ཤིང་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­cakra­vicitra­pratimaṇḍita­vyūhā
A world realm in the distant past. Also the name of a world realm in the distant future in which five hundred buddhas will appear.
g.705
Maṇi­dhvaja­vyūha­rāja
Wylie: rin po che rgyal mtshan rgyan gyis mdzes pa
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱན་གྱིས་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­dhvaja­vyūha­rāja
A park in another world realm in the distant past.
g.706
Maṇi­garbha
Wylie: rin chen gtso
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་གཙོ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­garbha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.707
Maṇi­garbha­rāja­śri­teja­vatin
Wylie: rin chen snying po rgyal dpal gzi brjid ldan
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྙིང་པོ་རྒྱལ་དཔལ་གཟི་བརྗིད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: maṇi­garbha­rāja­śri­teja­vatin
The thirty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.708
Maṇi­kanaka­parvata­śikhara­vairocana
Wylie: gser rin po che’i ri spo rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: གསེར་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་སྤོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­kanaka­parvata­śikhara­vairocana
A vast array of many masses of world realms in the distant past.
g.709
Maṇiketu
Wylie: rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: maṇiketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.710
Maṇi­prabha­sukhābha
Wylie: rin chen mdog bde
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མདོག་བདེ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­prabha­sukhābha
A universe of world realms in the distant past.
g.711
Maṇirāja
Wylie: rin chen rgyal po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: maṇirāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.712
Maṇi­śikhara­tejas
Wylie: rin po che rtse mo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་རྩེ་མོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: maṇi­śikhara­tejas
A city in another world in the distant past.
g.713
Maṇisumeru
Wylie: rin chen ri bo
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: maṇisumeru
A buddha in the distant past.
g.714
Maṇisumeruśrī
Wylie: rin chen ri rab dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: maṇisumeruśrī
The thirty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Maṇisumeruśirī.
g.715
Maṇi­sumerūvirocana­dhvaja­pradīpā
Wylie: rin po che’i ri rab rnam par snang ba’i rgyal mtshan mar mye
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རི་རབ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་མར་མྱེ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­sumerūvirocana­dhvaja­pradīpā
A buddha realm in the western direction.
g.716
Maṇi­sūrya­candra­vidyotita­prabhā
Wylie: rin chen nyi ma’i ’khor lo rnam par snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཉི་མའི་འཁོར་ལོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: maṇi­sūrya­candra­vidyotita­prabhā
A world realm in the distant past.
g.717
Maṇi­sūrya­pratibhāsa­garbhā
Wylie: rin po che nyi ma rab tu snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཉི་མ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: maṇi­sūrya­pratibhāsa­garbhā
A buddha realm in the southwestern direction.
g.718
Mañjuśrī
Wylie: ’jam dpal
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī
Mañjuśrī is one of the “eight close sons of the Buddha” and a bodhisattva who embodies wisdom. He is a major figure in the Mahāyāna sūtras, appearing often as an interlocutor of the Buddha. In his most well-known iconographic form, he is portrayed bearing the sword of wisdom in his right hand and a volume of the Prajñā­pāramitā­sūtra in his left. To his name, Mañjuśrī, meaning “Gentle and Glorious One,” is often added the epithet Kumārabhūta, “having a youthful form.” He is also called Mañjughoṣa, Mañjusvara, and Pañcaśikha.
g.719
Mañjuśrī Kumāra­bhūta
Wylie: ’jam dpal gzhon nur gyur pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ་གཞོན་ནུར་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrī kumāra­bhūta
See “Mañjuśrī.”
g.720
Mañjuśrīkīrti
Wylie: ’jam dpal grags pa
Tibetan: འཇམ་དཔལ་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: mañjuśrīkīrti
A disciple of Āryadeva.
g.721
mantra
Wylie: sngags
Tibetan: སྔགས།
Sanskrit: mantra
Literally “an instrument of thought,” it is usually a brief verbal formula used with multiple repetitions, usually beginning with oṃ and in essence a salutation to a particular deity. It can also be used as a healing spell, which is the meaning here.
g.722
māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
The deities ruled over by Māra , who attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment; they do not wish any being to escape from saṃsāra. Also, they are symbolic of the defects within a person that prevents enlightenment. These four personifications are devaputra māra (lha’i bu’i bdud) the “divine māra,” which is the distraction of pleasures; mṛtyumāra (’chi bdag gi bdud) the “māra of death”; skandhamāra (phung po’i bdud) the “māra of the aggregates,” which is the body; and kleśamāra (nyon mongs pa’i bdud) the “māra of the kleśas.”
g.723
Māra
Wylie: bdud
Tibetan: བདུད།
Sanskrit: māra
The deity that attempted to prevent the Buddha’s enlightenment, also one of the names of Kāma, the god of desire, in the Vedic tradition. Sometimes portrayed as the lord of the highest paradise in the desire realm, and the devas he rules are therefore all called “māras”; he does not wish any being to escape from that realm. He is also symbolic of the defects within a person that prevent enlightenment.
g.724
Māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara
Wylie: bdud kyi dkyil ’khor bcom zhing myed par byed pa’i sgra
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཅོམ་ཞིང་མྱེད་པར་བྱེད་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: māra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.725
Mativajra
Wylie: blo gros rdo rje
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: mativajra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1904.
g.726
Maudgalyāyana
Wylie: mo’u dgal gyi bu
Tibetan: མོའུ་དགལ་གྱི་བུ།
Sanskrit: maudgalyāyana
One of the two principal pupils of the Buddha, renowned for miraculous powers; he was assassinated during the Buddha’s lifetime.
g.727
Māyādevī
Wylie: lha mo sgyu ma
Tibetan: ལྷ་མོ་སྒྱུ་མ།
Sanskrit: māyādevī
The queen who was the mother of Śākyamuni Buddha.
g.728
meditation walkway
Wylie: ’chag pa, ’chag pa’i gnas, ’chag sa
Tibetan: འཆག་པ།, འཆག་པའི་གནས།, འཆག་ས།
Sanskrit: caṃkrama
This is a straight walkway used for walking meditation, usually around forty feet long and often raised above the level of the ground. Monks walk up and down the length of it.
g.729
meditative state of totality
Wylie: rgyas pa’i skye mched
Tibetan: རྒྱས་པའི་སྐྱེ་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: kṛtsnāyatana
There are ten of these meditative states in the Śrāvakayāna: through meditating individually on the four elements of earth, water, fire, and air, on the four colors blue, yellow, red, and white, on space, and on consciousness, one meditates that everything that exists becomes that element, or that color, or space, or consciousness. Elsewhere, including the Mahāvyutpatti, this is translated as zad par gyi skye mched. The Sanskrit kṛtsna means “totality,” while rgyas pa means “spread,” or “pervade,” and zad par means cessation, in that everything ceases within that element, color, etc.
g.730
Megha
Wylie: sprin
Tibetan: སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: megha
A Dravidian, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 7.
g.731
Megha­nirghoṣa­svara
Wylie: sprin gyi dbyangs kyi sgra
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་གྱི་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: megha­nirghoṣa­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.732
Megharutaghoṣa
Wylie: sprin sgra dbyangs
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: megharutaghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.733
Meghaśrī
Wylie: sprin gyi dpal
Tibetan: སྤྲིན་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: meghaśrī
In chapter 4, the kalyāṇamitra bhikṣu in South India. In chapter 36, the name of a buddha in the distant past. In chapter 44, this is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa. BHS verse: Meghaśiri.
g.734
Meghavilambita
Wylie: rnam par sprin mched
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྤྲིན་མཆེད།
Sanskrit: meghavilambita
A buddha in the distant past.
g.735
mercury
Wylie: dngul chu
Tibetan: དངུལ་ཆུ།
Sanskrit: rasa, rasajāta
The silvery liquid metal.
g.736
Meru
Wylie: ri rab
Tibetan: རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: meru
According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.
g.737
Merūdgataśrī
Wylie: ri bo shin tu mtho ba’i dpal
Tibetan: རི་བོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: merūdgataśrī
A world realm of ten thousand million worlds in the distant past.
g.738
Merudhvaja
Wylie: ri rab rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: merudhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.739
Merudhvajaśri
Wylie: ri rab rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: merudhvajaśri
The fifty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Merudhvajaśiri.
g.740
Meruprabhā
Wylie: ri bo’i ’od
Tibetan: རི་བོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: meruprabhā
A world realm in the distant past.
g.741
Meru­pradīpa­rāja
Wylie: ri rab mar me’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རི་རབ་མར་མེའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: meru­pradīpa­rāja
A buddha in a western realm.
g.742
Meruśrī
Wylie: ri rab dpal
Tibetan: རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: meruśrī
A buddha in the past.
g.743
Meru­viśuddha­vyūha­dhvajā
Wylie: ri rab rnam par dag pa’i rgyan gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རི་རབ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་རྒྱན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: meru­viśuddha­vyūha­dhvajā
A royal city in the distant past.
g.744
Mervarciśrī
Wylie: dpal gyi ri ’od ’phro’i dpal
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་རི་འོད་འཕྲོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: mervarciśrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Meruarciśiri.
g.745
methods of gathering pupils
Wylie: bsdu ba’i dngos po, yongs su bsdu ba’i tshul
Tibetan: བསྡུ་བའི་དངོས་པོ།, ཡོངས་སུ་བསྡུ་བའི་ཚུལ།
Sanskrit: saṃgrahavastu
The four methods of attracting pupils are generosity, pleasant speech, beneficial conduct, and conduct that accords with the wishes of pupils.
g.746
Milaspharaṇa
Wylie: rgyas par ’gengs pa
Tibetan: རྒྱས་པར་འགེངས་པ།
Sanskrit: milaspharaṇa
A place at the southernmost tip of India.
g.747
Miśrakavana
Wylie: dres pa’i nags tshal
Tibetan: དྲེས་པའི་ནགས་ཚལ།
Sanskrit: miśrakavana
Indra’s pleasure grove on the summit of Sumeru .
g.748
Moha­dharmeśvara
Wylie: don yod pa’i chos la mnga’ ba
Tibetan: དོན་ཡོད་པའི་ཆོས་ལ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: moha­dharmeśvara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.749
Muktaka
Wylie: btang brjod
Tibetan: བཏང་བརྗོད།
Sanskrit: muktaka
A merchant, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 8.
g.750
Muktāsāra
Wylie: gces pa gtong ba
Tibetan: གཅེས་པ་གཏོང་བ།
Sanskrit: muktāsāra
A goldsmith, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 49.
g.751
Nābhigarbha
Wylie: gtsug gi snying po
Tibetan: གཙུག་གི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: nābhigarbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.752
nāga
Wylie: klu
Tibetan: ཀླུ།
Sanskrit: nāga
A class of nonhuman beings who live in subterranean aquatic environments, where they guard wealth and sometimes also teachings. Nāgas are associated with serpents and have a snakelike appearance. In Buddhist art and in written accounts, they are regularly portrayed as half human and half snake, and they are also said to have the ability to change into human form. Some nāgas are Dharma protectors, but they can also bring retribution if they are disturbed. They may likewise fight one another, wage war, and destroy the lands of others by causing lightning, hail, and flooding.
g.753
Nāgārjuna
Wylie: klu sgrub
Tibetan: ཀླུ་སྒྲུབ།
Sanskrit: nāgārjuna
The second- or third-century master whose teaching forms the basis of the Madhyamaka tradition.
g.754
Nāgendracūḍa
Wylie: klu’i dbang po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: ཀླུའི་དབང་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: nāgendracūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.755
Nāgeśvararāja
Wylie: klu dbang gi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཀླུ་དབང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: nāgeśvararāja
A buddha in a southeastern realm.
g.756
Nālayu
Wylie: chu ba gtsang ma
Tibetan: ཆུ་བ་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: nālayu
A place in the south of India.
g.757
Nānā­raśmi­śrī­meru­garbha
Wylie: ’od gzer dpal gyi ri bo’i snying po
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: nānā­raśmi­śrī­meru­garbha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.758
Nanda
Wylie: dga’ bo
Tibetan: དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: nanda
The nāga king usually associated with Upananda.
g.759
Nandīdhvaja
Wylie: dga’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: nandīdhvaja
A town in another world in the distant past.
g.760
Nandihāra
Wylie: dga’ ba’i phreng ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་ཕྲེང་བ།
Sanskrit: nandihāra
A town in South India.
g.761
Nandika
Wylie: mos pa
Tibetan: མོས་པ།
Sanskrit: nandika
One of the great śrāvakas present in Śrāvastī. Also called Vasunandi. In other sūtras translated as dga’ byed.
g.762
Nārāyaṇa
Wylie: mthu bo che
Tibetan: མཐུ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: nārāyaṇa
An alternate name for Viṣṇu (khyab ’jug), which is also used for Brahmā and for Kṛṣṇa. The Sanskrit is variously interpreted as “the path of human beings” and “the son of man.” In Buddhist texts it is used for powerful beings such as Śakra. The usual Tibetan translation is sred med kyi bu, meaning “the son of Nāra,” with Nāra translated as “one without craving.” However, here it appears to be translated as mthu bo che (“great power”).
g.763
Nārāyaṇa­vajra­vīrya
Wylie: rdo rje mthu bo che’i brtson ’grus
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་བརྩོན་འགྲུས།
Sanskrit: nārāyaṇa­vajra­vīrya
A buddha in the distant past.
g.764
Nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śrī
Wylie: mthu chen brtul zhugs ri rab dpal mnga’ ba
Tibetan: མཐུ་ཆེན་བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རི་རབ་དཔལ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śrī
The forty-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Nārāyaṇa­vrata­sumeru­śirī.
g.765
Netraśrī
Wylie: mig gi dpal
Tibetan: མིག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: netraśrī
A bodhimaṇḍa goddess in another world in the distant past.
g.766
Ngorchen Könchok Lhundrup
Wylie: ngor chen dkon mchog lhun grub
Tibetan: ངོར་ཆེན་དཀོན་མཆོག་ལྷུན་གྲུབ།
(1497−1557). The tenth abbot of Ngor Monastery and a prominent master of the Sakya tradition who wrote a history of Buddhism.
g.767
night lotus
Wylie: ku mu ta
Tibetan: ཀུ་མུ་ཏ།
Sanskrit: kumuda
Nymphaea pubescens. This night-blossoming water lily, which can be red, pink, or white, is not actually a lotus. It does not have the lotus’s distinctive pericarp. Nevertheless, it is commonly called the “night lotus.” It is also known as “hairy water lily,” because of the hairs on the stem and the underside of the leaves.
g.768
Nihata­dhīra
Wylie: brtson ’grus ma nyams pa
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་མ་ཉམས་པ།
Sanskrit: nihata­dhīra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.769
Nihata­rāga­rajas
Wylie: ’dod chags rdul bcom pa
Tibetan: འདོད་ཆགས་རྡུལ་བཅོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: nihata­rāga­rajas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.770
Nihata­tejas
Wylie: gzi brjid mnyam pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་མཉམ་པ།
Sanskrit: nihata­tejas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.771
Nihita­guṇodita
Wylie: ma nyams pa’i yon tan ’byung ba
Tibetan: མ་ཉམས་པའི་ཡོན་ཏན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: nihita­guṇodita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.772
Nīla­giryanila­vega
Wylie: ri sngo rlung gi shugs
Tibetan: རི་སྔོ་རླུང་གི་ཤུགས།
Sanskrit: nīla­giryanila­vega
“The Power of a Blue Mountain of Wind,” the name of a precious horse of a cakravartin in the distant past.
g.773
Nirghautālaya
Wylie: gzhi shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan: གཞི་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirghautālaya
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.774
Nirghoṣamati
Wylie: dbyangs kyi blo gros
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: nirghoṣamati
The hundred-and-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.775
Nirmāṇarati
Wylie: ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: nirmāṇarati
“Delighting in Emanations.” The second highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the devas there delight in emanations.
g.776
Nirmita
Wylie: sprul pa bzang po
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: nirmita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.777
Nirmita­megha­susvara­śrī
Wylie: sprul pa’i sprin sgra snyan pa’i dpal mnga’
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པའི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲ་སྙན་པའི་དཔལ་མངའ།
Sanskrit: nirmita­megha­susvara­śrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Nirmita­megha­susvara­śiri.
g.778
Nirodhanimna
Wylie: ’gog par gzhol ba
Tibetan: འགོག་པར་གཞོལ་བ།
Sanskrit: nirodhanimna
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.779
nirvāṇa
Wylie: mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: nirvāṇa
The Sanskrit means “extinguishment,” for the causes for saṃsāra are “extinguished.” The Tibetan means “the transcendence of suffering.”
g.780
Nityaujohara­druma­rāja
Wylie: rtag tu mdangs ’phrog pa sdong po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རྟག་ཏུ་མདངས་འཕྲོག་པ་སྡོང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: nityaujohara­druma­rāja
A rākṣasa lord.
g.781
orchid tree
Wylie: kun nas ’du ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་འདུ་བ།
Sanskrit: kovidāra
Bauhinia variegata, Phaneria variegata. In other sūtras kovidāra is translated as sa brtol.
g.782
Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī
Wylie: pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī
Refers to Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā, a cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā.
g.783
Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā
Wylie: pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā
A cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā and Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī.
g.784
Padma­garbha (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: pad+ma’i snying po
Tibetan: པདྨའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: padma­garbha
A bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī.
g.785
Padma­garbha (the buddha)
Wylie: pad mo’i snying po
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: padma­garbha
A buddha in the past.
g.786
Padma­garbha­śrī
Wylie: pad+mo snying po dpal
Tibetan: པདྨོ་སྙིང་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padma­garbha­śrī
The name of the thirty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Padumagarbhaśirī.
g.787
Padmaprabhā
Wylie: pad+mo’i ’od
Tibetan: པདྨོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: padmaprabhā
A queen in another world in the distant past. In the Tibetan verse it is shortened to pad+mo.
g.788
Padmaprabhā
Wylie: pad mo’i ’od
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: padmaprabhā
A capital city in the distant past.
g.789
Padmaśrī
Wylie: pad mo’i dpal
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: padmaśrī
A world realm in the eastern direction.
g.790
Padma­śrī­garbha
Wylie: pad+mo dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: padma­śrī­garbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.791
Padma­śrī­garbha­saṃbhavā
Wylie: pad mo dpal gyi snying po ’byung ba, pad+mo’i dpal dam pa ’byung ba
Tibetan: པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་འབྱུང་བ།, པདྨོའི་དཔལ་དམ་པ་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: padma­śrī­garbha­saṃbhavā
A queen in another world in the distant past.
g.792
Padmavatī
Wylie: pad mo yod pa
Tibetan: པད་མོ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: padmavatī
Realm of the Buddha Ratnapadmābha.
g.793
Padmodgata
Wylie: pad+mos ’phags
Tibetan: པདྨོས་འཕགས།
Sanskrit: padmodgata
The nineteenth (eighteenth in the Sanskrit) buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.794
Padmottara
Wylie: pad mo’i bla, pad mo dam pa
Tibetan: པད་མོའི་བླ།, པད་མོ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: padmottara
In chapter 29 it is the name of the ninth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni (pad mo’i bla). In chapter 44 it is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa (pad mo dam pa).
g.795
pala
Wylie: srang
Tibetan: སྲང་།
Sanskrit: pala
A specific Indian weight equal to four karṣa, and equivalent to around thirty-five grams or an ounce.
g.796
Para­gaṇa­mathana
Wylie: pha rol gyi tshogs ’joms pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་གྱི་ཚོགས་འཇོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: para­gaṇa­mathana
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.797
Parākrama­vikrama
Wylie: mthus rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: མཐུས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: parākrama­vikrama
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.798
Paramārtha­vikrāmin
Wylie: don dam pa rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: དོན་དམ་པ་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: paramārtha­vikrāmin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.799
Pāraṃgata
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāraṃgata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.800
Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin
Wylie: gzhan ’phrul dbang byed
Tibetan: གཞན་འཕྲུལ་དབང་བྱེད།
Sanskrit: para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin
“Ruling Others’ Emanations.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Vaśavartin.
g.801
Parārtha­savihāra­śrī
Wylie: gnas dang bcas pa’i dpal
Tibetan: གནས་དང་བཅས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: parārtha­savihāra­śrī
The hundred-and-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Parārtha­savihāra­śirī.
g.802
parinirvāṇa
Wylie: yongs su mya ngan las ’das pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་མྱ་ངན་ལས་འདས་པ།
Sanskrit: parinirvāṇa
The passing away of a buddha as the cessation of rebirth.
g.803
Paripūrṇa­manoratha
Wylie: dgongs pa yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa­manoratha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.804
Paripūrṇa­śubha
Wylie: dge ba yongs su rdzogs pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་ཡོངས་སུ་རྫོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: paripūrṇa­śubha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.805
Pariśuddha
Wylie: yongs su dag pa
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: pariśuddha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.806
Parīttābha
Wylie: snang ba chung ngu
Tibetan: སྣང་བ་ཆུང་ངུ།
Sanskrit: parīttābha
The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the second dhyāna in the form realm. The lowest of the paradises that are never destroyed at the end of the kalpa but continue through all kalpas.
g.807
Parītta­śubha
Wylie: dge ba chung ba
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་ཆུང་བ།
Sanskrit: parītta­śubha
The lowest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.
g.808
parivrājaka
Wylie: kun tu rgyu
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱུ།
Sanskrit: parivrājaka
A general term for homeless religious mendicants who literally “roam around”; in Buddhist usage the term refers to non-Buddhist peripatetic ascetics, including Jains and others.
g.809
Pātāla
Wylie: sa’i ’og
Tibetan: སའི་འོག
Sanskrit: pātāla
The underworlds, of which there are said to be seven, include the realms of the daityas and yakṣas. The lowest is the realm of the nāgas. They are said to be pleasant and free from distress and even more beautiful than the higher realms.
g.810
path of the ten bad actions
Wylie: mi dge ba bcu’i las kyi lam, mi dge ba’i las kyi lam bcu, mi dge ba bcu’i lam
Tibetan: མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ།, མི་དགེ་བའི་ལས་ཀྱི་ལམ་བཅུ།, མི་དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལམ།
Killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.
g.811
perfections
Wylie: pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: pāramitā
The six perfections of generosity, conduct, patience, diligence, dhyāna, and wisdom.
g.812
pippala tree
Wylie: blag sha
Tibetan: བླག་ཤ།
Sanskrit: plakṣa
A general name for the Ficus religiosa under which the buddha attained enlightenment and is therefore also called the Bodhi tree and Bo tree. Variations of the name include pipal, pippal, peepul, and ashwata.
g.813
piśāca
Wylie: sha za
Tibetan: ཤ་ཟ།
Sanskrit: piśāca
A class of semidivine beings traditionally associated with the wild, remote places of the earth. They are considered particularly violent and known to devour flesh.
g.814
poṣadha
Wylie: gso sbyin
Tibetan: གསོ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: poṣadha
The eight vows kept by laypeople on the four sacred days of the month: full, new, and half-moon days. Alternate form is upoṣadha (gso sbyong).
g.815
Potalaka
Wylie: gru ’dzin
Tibetan: གྲུ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: potalaka
A mountain in South India, presently known as Potikai, that was of great importance to both Tamil Buddhists and Śaivists (who saw it as the residence of Śiva, known as Lokeśvara). This is the first mention in a sūtra that has identified Avalokiteśvara with this mountain as his residence rather than the pure realm of Sukhāvatī. However, in this sūtra the verse appears to locate it in the ocean, while the prose appears to describe it on land. In Tibet and China, Potalaka was believed to be an island. In Tibet it is usually referred to by the shortened form Potala.
g.816
power over necessities
Wylie: yo byad la dbang ba
Tibetan: ཡོ་བྱད་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit: pariṣkāra­vaśitā
Missing from the Tibetan translation. Appears in the list of ten powers of bodhisattvas that prevent ten calamities that beings are susceptible to. This refers to being able to supply beings with what they need. The tshig mdzod chen mo (Chinese–Tibetan dictionary) even defines it in accordance with this passage.
g.817
Prabha­ketu
Wylie: ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: prabha­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.818
Prabhāketu
Wylie: ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: prabhāketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.819
Prabha­ketu­rāja­mati
Wylie: ’od dpal rgyal po
Tibetan: འོད་དཔལ་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: prabha­ketu­rāja­mati
The twenty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.820
Prabha­ketu­śrī
Wylie: ’od kyi rgyal mtshan dpal
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: prabha­ketu­śrī
The twenty-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the eighty-seventh in the same kalpa. BHS in verse: Prabha­ketu­śirī.
g.821
Prabhāsamati
Wylie: blo gros snang
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་སྣང་།
Sanskrit: prabhāsamati
The fifty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.822
Prabhāsa­vairocana
Wylie: ’od rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: འོད་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhāsa­vairocana
A vast family of world realms that contains our Sahā universe of a thousand million worlds.
g.823
Prabhāśrī
Wylie: ’od kyi dpal
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: prabhāśrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.824
Prabhūtā
Wylie: phul du byung ba
Tibetan: ཕུལ་དུ་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: prabhūtā
An upāsikā, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 16.
g.825
Prabhūta­ghana­skandha
Wylie: nor kyi phung po mang po
Tibetan: ནོར་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prabhūta­ghana­skandha
“Great mass of wealth.” A precious householder of a cakravartin in the distant past.
g.826
Prabhūta­raśmi
Wylie: ’od zer mang po
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་མང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prabhūta­raśmi
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.827
Pradyota
Wylie: rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: pradyota
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.828
Praharṣita­tejas
Wylie: bzhad pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: བཞད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: praharṣita­tejas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.829
Prahasitanetra
Wylie: rab tu bzhad pa’i spyan
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་བཞད་པའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: prahasitanetra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.830
Prajñā
Sanskrit: prajñā
Prajñā (般若, 734–?) was a translator from Jibin (罽賓), an ancient kingdom in present-day Kashmir. He translated the fourth Chinese version of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha, which he completed in 798 based on a longer Sanskrit version of the text sent to the Chinese Emperor by the king of Orissa.
g.831
Prajñāpradīpa
Wylie: shes rab sgron ma
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: prajñāpradīpa
The eighty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.832
Prajñāvabhāsa­śrī
Wylie: shes rab snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: prajñāvabhāsa­śrī
A head merchant’s daughter in the distant past.
g.833
Prakṛtīśarīra­śrī­bhadra
Wylie: rang bzhin lus dpal bzang po
Tibetan: རང་བཞིན་ལུས་དཔལ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: prakṛtīśarīra­śrī­bhadra
The hundred-and-tenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Prakṛtīśarīra­śiri­bhadra.
g.834
Pralambabāhu
Wylie: phyag rab tu brkyang pa
Tibetan: ཕྱག་རབ་ཏུ་བརྐྱང་པ།
Sanskrit: pralambabāhu
A buddha in the distant past in both chapter 22 and chapter 43.
g.835
pramodana
Wylie: dga’ ba skyed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་སྐྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: pramodana
A magical tree. The name means “bringing joy.”
g.836
Pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā
Wylie: rab tu dga’ ba’i mig ’gro bar rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་མིག་འགྲོ་བར་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: pramudita­nayana­jagad­virocanā
A night goddess. Also called Jyotirarci­nayanā.
g.837
Praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śrī
Wylie: smon lam rgya mtsho rab tu snang dpal
Tibetan: སྨོན་ལམ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śrī
The name of the eighty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Praṇidhāna­sāgara­prabhāsa­śirī.
g.838
prasādana
Wylie: dga’ ba byed pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་བྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: prasādana
A magical tree. The name means “bestowing delight.”
g.839
Praśama­gandha­sunābha
Wylie: rab tu zhi ba’i spos kyi gtsug bzang po
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བའི་སྤོས་ཀྱི་གཙུག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: praśama­gandha­sunābha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.840
Praśama­rūpa­gati
Wylie: zhi ba’i gzugs kyi stabs
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་སྟབས།
Sanskrit: praśama­rūpa­gati
The fortieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.841
Prasannagātra
Wylie: sku shin tu dang ba
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཤིན་ཏུ་དང་བ།
Sanskrit: prasannagātra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.842
Praśantaghoṣa
Wylie: zhi ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: praśantaghoṣa
“Sound of Peace.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.843
Praśānta­mati
Wylie: zhi ba’i blo gros
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: praśānta­mati
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.844
Praśānta­mati­tejas
Wylie: rab zhi blo gros ’od
Tibetan: རབ་ཞི་བློ་གྲོས་འོད།
Sanskrit: praśānta­mati­tejas
“The Brilliance of Peaceful Realization.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.845
Praśantaprabha
Wylie: zhi ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: praśantaprabha
“Peaceful Light.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.846
Praśānta­prabha­rāja
Wylie: zhi ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: praśānta­prabha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.847
Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī
Wylie: sgra rgya mtsho rab tu zhi ba dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī
A night goddess.
g.848
Praśānta­svara
Wylie: rab tu zhi ba’i sgra
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: praśānta­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.849
Pratihatavega
Wylie: shugs la thogs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཤུགས་ལ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: pratihatavega
“Unimpeded Power.” The name of a cakravartin’s precious wheel.
g.850
pratyeka­buddha
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: pratyeka­buddha, pratyekajina, pratyekasaṃbuddha
Literally, “buddha for oneself” or “solitary realizer.” Someone who, in his or her last life, attains awakening entirely through their own contemplation, without relying on a teacher. Unlike the awakening of a fully realized buddha (samyaksambuddha), the accomplishment of a pratyeka­buddha is not regarded as final or ultimate. They attain realization of the nature of dependent origination, the selflessness of the person, and a partial realization of the selflessness of phenomena, by observing the suchness of all that arises through interdependence. This is the result of progress in previous lives but, unlike a buddha, they do not have the necessary merit, compassion or motivation to teach others. They are named as “rhinoceros-like” (khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpa) for their preference for staying in solitude or as “congregators” (vargacārin) when their preference is to stay among peers.
g.851
Pratyeka­buddhayāna
Wylie: rang sangs rgyas kyi theg pa
Tibetan: རང་སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: pratyeka­buddhayāna
The yāna of the pratyeka­buddhas.
g.852
Pravaraśrī
Wylie: mchog gi dpal
Tibetan: མཆོག་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: pravaraśrī
In chapter 1 the name of a bodhisattva in the presence of Śākyamuni at Śrāvastī. In chapter 44 the name of one of the future buddhas in this kalpa.
g.853
Pravarendra­rāja
Wylie: mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: pravarendra­rāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.854
Pravṛddha­kāya­rāja
Wylie: sku mchog tu ’khrungs pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་མཆོག་ཏུ་འཁྲུངས་པ།
Sanskrit: pravṛddha­kāya­rāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.855
predisposition
Wylie: bag chags
Tibetan: བག་ཆགས།
Sanskrit: vāsana
A tendency toward certain actions and thoughts as the result of a lasting impression on one’s being from previous lives.
g.856
preta
Wylie: yi dwags
Tibetan: ཡི་དྭགས།
Sanskrit: preta
One of the five or six classes of sentient beings, into which beings are born as the karmic fruition of past miserliness. As the term in Sanskrit means “the departed,” they are analogous to the ancestral spirits of Vedic tradition, the pitṛs, who starve without the offerings of descendants. It is also commonly translated as “hungry ghost” or “starving spirit,” as in the Chinese 餓鬼 e gui.They are sometimes said to reside in the realm of Yama, but are also frequently described as roaming charnel grounds and other inhospitable or frightening places along with piśācas and other such beings. They are particularly known to suffer from great hunger and thirst and the inability to acquire sustenance. Detailed descriptions of their realm and experience, including a list of the thirty-six classes of pretas, can be found in The Application of Mindfulness of the Sacred Dharma, Toh 287, 2.­1281– 2.1482.
g.857
propensity
Wylie: bag la nyal ba
Tibetan: བག་ལ་ཉལ་བ།
Sanskrit: anuśaya
The BHS anuśaya differs from its meaning in Sanskrit but is the same as the Pali anusaya. It can also mean “tendency” and “disposition,” and the meaning can be positive as well as negative.
g.858
Pṛthurāṣṭra
Wylie: khams chen po
Tibetan: ཁམས་ཆེན་པོ།
Sanskrit: pṛthurāṣṭra
A region in South India.
g.859
Puṇya­ketu
Wylie: bsod nams dpal
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­ketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.860
Puṇya­megha­cūḍa
Wylie: bsod nams sna tshogs kyi sprin
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: puṇya­megha­cūḍa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.861
Puṇya­parvata­tejas
Wylie: bsod nams ri bo’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: puṇya­parvata­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.862
Puṇya­prabha
Wylie: bsod nams kyi ’od
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: puṇya­prabha
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.863
Puṇya­prabha
Wylie: bsod nams ’od
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་འོད།
Sanskrit: puṇya­prabha
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.864
Puṇya­prabhāsa­śri­śānta­śrī
Wylie: bsod nams rab tu snang dpal zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་དཔལ་ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­prabhāsa­śri­śānta­śrī
The sixty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS in verse: Puṇya­prabhāsa­śiri­śānta­śirī.
g.865
Puṇya­pradīpa­dhvaja
Wylie: bsod nams sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: puṇya­pradīpa­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.866
Puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatketu­prabhā
Wylie: bsod nams sgron ma phun sum tshogs pa kun nas dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ་ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatketu­prabhā
A bodhimaṇḍa goddess in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa, a previous life of the night goddess Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.
g.867
Puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatsamanta­ketu­prabhā
Wylie: bsod nams sgron ma phun sum tshogs pa kun nas dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་སྒྲོན་མ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པ་ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: puṇya­pradīpa­saṃpatsamanta­ketu­prabhā
A bodhi-tree goddess, a past life of Praśanta­ruta­sāgara­vatī.
g.868
Puṇya­prasava
Wylie: bsod nams ’phel ba
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་འཕེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­prasava
In the Sarvāstivada tradition, the second highest of the three paradises that correspond to the fourth dhyāna in the form realm.
g.869
Puṇya­sumeru
Wylie: bsod nams ri rab
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­sumeru
A buddha in the distant past.
g.870
Puṇya­sumerūdgata
Wylie: bsod nams ri bos ’phags pa
Tibetan: བསོད་ནམས་རི་བོས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: puṇya­sumerūdgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.871
Pūrṇa Maitrāyaṇī­putra
Wylie: byams gang gi bu
Tibetan: བྱམས་གང་གི་བུ།
Sanskrit: pūrṇa maitrāyaṇī­putra
One of the ten principal students of the Buddha, he was the greatest in his ability to teach the Dharma. The name has not been translated correctly in this instance; in the translations of other sūtras it is byams ma’i bu gang po.
g.872
Pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara
Wylie: sngon gyi smon lam yongs su bskul ba’i sgra
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཡོངས་སུ་བསྐུལ་བའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: pūrva­praṇidhāna­saṃcodana­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.873
Pūrva­praṇidhi­nirmāṇa­candra
Wylie: sngon gyi smon lam gyi ’phrul pa’i zla ba
Tibetan: སྔོན་གྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་འཕྲུལ་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: pūrva­praṇidhi­nirmāṇa­candra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.874
Puṣya
Wylie: rdzogs mdzad
Tibetan: རྫོགས་མཛད།
Sanskrit: puṣya
In chapter 29 it is the name of the sixth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In chapter 44 it is the name of a future buddha in this kalpa. Mahāvyutpatti and other sūtras translate puṣya as rgyal.
g.875
pūtana
Wylie: srul po
Tibetan: སྲུལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: pūtana
Ugly and foul-smelling spirits, they can be good or cause harm to humans and animals.
g.876
quintillion
Wylie: bye ba khrag khrig brgya stong phrag
Tibetan: བྱེ་བ་ཁྲག་ཁྲིག་བརྒྱ་སྟོང་ཕྲག
Sanskrit: koṭi­nayuta­śata­sahasra
Quintillion (a million million million) is here derived from the classical meaning of nayuta as a million. The Tibetan gives nayuta a value of a hundred thousand million, so that the entire number would mean a hundred thousand quintillion.
g.877
Racanārci­parvata­pradīpa
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro ri sgron
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་སྒྲོན།
Sanskrit: racanārci­parvata­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.878
Rāhu
Wylie: sgra gcan
Tibetan: སྒྲ་གཅན།
Sanskrit: rāhu
A powerful asura said to cause eclipses.
g.879
Rāhulabhadra
Wylie: sgra gcan bzang po
Tibetan: སྒྲ་གཅན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: rāhulabhadra
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.880
Rajovimala­tejaḥśrī
Wylie: gzi brjid rdul gyi dri ma myed pa
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་རྡུལ་གྱི་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: rajovimala­tejaḥśrī
A world realm in the distant past.
g.881
rākṣasa
Wylie: srin po
Tibetan: སྲིན་པོ།
Sanskrit: rākṣasa
A class of nonhuman beings that are often, but certainly not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition. They are often depicted as flesh-eating monsters who haunt frightening places and are ugly and evil-natured with a yearning for human flesh, and who additionally have miraculous powers, such as being able to change their appearance.
g.882
rākṣasī
Wylie: srin mo
Tibetan: སྲིན་མོ།
Sanskrit: rākṣasī
The female members of a class of nonhuman beings who are often, but not always, considered demonic in the Buddhist tradition.
g.883
Ralpachen
Wylie: ral pa can
Tibetan: རལ་པ་ཅན།
A king of Tibet, born circa 806, who reigned from 815 to 838. His formal name was Tritsuk Detsen (khri gtsug lde btsan).
g.884
Rāmāvarānta
Wylie: mi mo gya nom mchog
Tibetan: མི་མོ་གྱ་ནོམ་མཆོག
Sanskrit: rāmāvarānta
A land in South India.
g.885
Raśmi­candrorṇa­megha
Wylie: ’od gzer zla ba mdzod spu’i sprin
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་ཟླ་བ་མཛོད་སྤུའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: raśmi­candrorṇa­megha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.886
Raśmi­guṇa­makuṭa­jñāna­prajñā­prabha
Wylie: ’od gzer yon tan gyi cod pan ye shes dang shes rab kyi ’od
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་ཡོན་ཏན་གྱི་ཅོད་པན་ཡེ་ཤེས་དང་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: raśmi­guṇa­makuṭa­jñāna­prajñā­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.887
Raśmi­maṇḍala­śikhara­rāja
Wylie: ’od gzer gyi dkyil ’khor spo’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་སྤོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: raśmi­maṇḍala­śikhara­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.888
Raśmi­mukha
Wylie: ’od zer gyi zhal
Tibetan: འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་ཞལ།
Sanskrit: raśmi­mukha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.889
Raśmi­netra­pratibhāsa­prabha­candra
Wylie: ’od gzer gyi tshul rab tu snang ba’i ’od kyi zla ba
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་ཚུལ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: raśmi­netra­pratibhāsa­prabha­candra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.890
Raśmi­parvata­vidyotita­megha
Wylie: ’od gzer gyi ri bo rnam par snang ba’i sprin
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་རི་བོ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: raśmi­parvata­vidyotita­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.891
Raśmi­saṃkusumita­pradīpa
Wylie: ’od gzer gyi me tog kun tu rgyas pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: raśmi­saṃkusumita­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.892
Ratiprabhā
Wylie: dga’ ba’i ’od
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratiprabhā
A goddess in another world in the distant past who informs a courtesan’s daughter of the presence of a buddha.
g.893
Rativyūhā
Wylie: dga’ bas brgyan pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: rativyūhā
A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past.
g.894
Ratnābha
Wylie: ’od snang rin chen
Tibetan: འོད་སྣང་རིན་ཆེན།
Sanskrit: ratnābha
A buddha.
g.895
Ratnabuddhi
Wylie: rin po che’i blo
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: ratnabuddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.896
Ratna­candra­dhvaja
Wylie: rin chen zla ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཟླ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: ratna­candra­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.897
Ratna­candra­pradīpa­prabhā
Wylie: rin chen zla ba sgron ma’i ’od
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཟླ་བ་སྒྲོན་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratna­candra­pradīpa­prabhā
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.898
Ratnacūḍa
Wylie: rin chen gtsug phud
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: ratnacūḍa
A wealthy merchant and Dharma patron, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 18.
g.899
Ratnadānaśri
Wylie: rin chen sbyin
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: ratnadānaśri
The ninety-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanadānaśiri.
g.900
Ratnadhvaja
Wylie: rin chen rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: ratnadhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.901
Ratna­dhvajāgra­mati
Wylie: rin chen rgyal mtshan blo gros mchog
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་མཚན་བློ་གྲོས་མཆོག
Sanskrit: ratna­dhvajāgra­mati
A realm in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­dhvajāgra­mati.
g.902
Ratnagarbha
Wylie: rin po che’i snying po
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratnagarbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.903
Ratna­gātra­śrī
Wylie: rin chen lus kyi dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ལུས་ཀྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratna­gātra­śrī
The seventy-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­gātra­śirī.
g.904
Ratnāgra­prabha­tejas
Wylie: rin chen mchog gi ’od kyi gzi brjid
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག་གི་འོད་ཀྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: ratnāgra­prabha­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.905
Ratnaketu
Wylie: rin chen dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratnaketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.906
Ratna­kusuma­megha
Wylie: rin po che’i me tog gi sprin
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: ratna­kusuma­megha
A bodhimaṇḍa in another world in the distant past.
g.907
Ratna­kusuma­prabha
Wylie: rin po che’i me tog gi ’od
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratna­kusuma­prabha
A buddha of the present time in a world realm in the eastern directions, who had been King Dhanapati in the distant past.
g.908
Ratna­kusuma­pradīpā
Wylie: rin chen me tog sgron ma
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: ratna­kusuma­pradīpā
A capital city in the distant past.
g.909
Ratna­kusuma­pradīpa­dhvajā
Wylie: rin chen me tog sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: ratna­kusuma­pradīpa­dhvajā
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.910
Ratna­kusuma­vidyuddharma­nigarjita­megha­ghoṣa
Wylie: rin po che’i me tog dang glog dang chos kyi ’brug sgra’i sprin gyi dbyangs
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མེ་ཏོག་དང་གློག་དང་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འབྲུག་སྒྲའི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: ratna­kusuma­vidyuddharma­nigarjita­megha­ghoṣa
“The Voice of Clouds of Precious Flowers, Lightning, and Dharma Thunder.” A lake in the distant past.
g.911
Ratna­lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­meru
Wylie: mtshan rin po ches rnam par brgyan pa’i ri bo
Tibetan: མཚན་རིན་པོ་ཆེས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: ratna­lakṣaṇa­vibhūṣita­meru
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.912
Ratnameru
Wylie: rin chen ri
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རི།
Sanskrit: ratnameru
A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Ratanameru.
g.913
Ratnanetrā
Wylie: rin chen mig
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མིག
Sanskrit: ratnanetrā
The goddess of Kapilavastu.
g.914
Ratnanetra (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: rin po che’i myig
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: ratnanetra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.915
Ratnanetra (the buddha)
Wylie: rin chen spyan
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: ratnanetra
The name of a buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Ratananetra.
g.916
Ratnapadmābha
Wylie: ’od snang rin chen pad mo
Tibetan: འོད་སྣང་རིན་ཆེན་པད་མོ།
Sanskrit: ratnapadmābha
A buddha.
g.917
Ratna­padma­praphullita­gātra
Wylie: sku rin po che’i pad mo shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་པད་མོ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: ratna­padma­praphullita­gātra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.918
Ratna­padmāvabhāsa­garbha
Wylie: rin chen pad+mo snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་པདྨོ་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratna­padmāvabhāsa­garbha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.919
Ratnaprabha
Wylie: rin po che’i ’od, rin chen ’od
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།, རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratnaprabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī (translated as rin po che’i ’od), and also the name of the forty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past (translated as rin chen ’od).
g.920
Ratnaprabhā
Wylie: rin chen ’od
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratnaprabhā
A head merchant’s daughter in another world in the distant past.
g.921
Ratnaprabhā
Wylie: rin po che’i ’od, rin chen ’od
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད།, རིན་ཆེན་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratnaprabhā
A world realm in the distant past. Also the name of a world realm in the distant future in which five hundred buddhas will appear.
g.922
Ratnarājaśri
Wylie: rin chen rgyal po dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratnarājaśri
The sixtieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanarājaśiri.
g.923
Ratnaraśi
Wylie: rin chen brtsegs pa
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: ratnaraśi
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratanarāśi.
g.924
Ratna­raśmi­pradīpa­dhvaja­rāja
Wylie: rin po che’i ’od gzer sgron ma’i rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད་གཟེར་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratna­raśmi­pradīpa­dhvaja­rāja
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.925
Ratnārciḥ­parvata
Wylie: rin po che ’od ’phro ba’i ri bo
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: ratnārciḥ­parvata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.926
Ratnārciḥ­parvata­śrī­tejorāja
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro ba’i ri bo dpal gyi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratnārciḥ­parvata­śrī­tejorāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.927
Ratnārci­netra­prabha
Wylie: rin po che ’od ’phro ba’i mig gi ’od
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་འཕྲོ་བའི་མིག་གི་འོད།
Sanskrit: ratnārci­netra­prabha
A king in the distant past.
g.928
Ratnārci­parvata­śrī
Wylie: rin chen ’od ’phro ri dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་འོད་འཕྲོ་རི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratnārci­parvata­śrī
The thirty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratnārci­parvata­śirī.
g.929
Ratna­rucira­śrī­rāja
Wylie: rin po che yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ratna­rucira­śrī­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.930
Ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā
Wylie: rin po che’i sa las rnam par brgyan pa sprin gyi sgron ma
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་ས་ལས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā
A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past. Its short form in verse is Sāla­vyūha­megha.
g.931
Ratna­śikharārciḥ­parvata­pradīpa
Wylie: rin chen ri bo’i spo’i ’od zer sgron ma
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་རི་བོའི་སྤོའི་འོད་ཟེར་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: ratna­śikharārciḥ­parvata­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.932
Ratna­siṃhāvabhāsa­jvalanā
Wylie: rin po che’i seng ge snang zhing ’bar ba
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་སེང་གེ་སྣང་ཞིང་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: ratna­siṃhāvabhāsa­jvalanā
A buddha realm in the downward direction.
g.933
Ratnaśrī
Wylie: rin po che’i dpal
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratnaśrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.934
Ratna­śrī­haṃsa­citrā
Wylie: rin chen dpal gyi dad pas brgyan pa
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་གྱི་དད་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: ratna­śrī­haṃsa­citrā
The realm of a buddha named Vairocana. See n.­446.
g.935
Ratna­śrī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu
Wylie: rin chen dpal sgron yon tan dpal
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་སྒྲོན་ཡོན་ཏན་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: ratna­śrī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Ratana­śirī­pradīpa­guṇa­ketu.
g.936
Ratna­śrī­saṃbhava
Wylie: rin chen dpal ’byung
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: ratna­śrī­saṃbhava
“The Source of Glorious Jewels.” The name of a world realm in the distant past.
g.937
Ratna­śrī­śikhara­megha­pradīpa
Wylie: rin chen dpal gyi rtse mo’i sprin rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་དཔལ་གྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་སྤྲིན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratna­śrī­śikhara­megha­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.938
Ratnatejas
Wylie: rin chen gzi brjid
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: ratnatejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.939
Ratnavara
Wylie: rin chen mchog
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: ratnavara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.940
Ratna­vastrāvabhāsa­dhvajā
Wylie: rin po che’i gos yongs su snang ba
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་གོས་ཡོངས་སུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: ratna­vastrāvabhāsa­dhvajā
A buddha realm in the northern direction.
g.941
Ratnavyūha
Wylie: rin po che’i rgyan
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: ratnavyūha
A city in South India.
g.942
realm of desire
Wylie: ’dod pa’i khams
Tibetan: འདོད་པའི་ཁམས།
Sanskrit: kāmadhātu
The worlds where beings are reborn through their karma, from the hells up to the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise.
g.943
red lotus
Wylie: pad mo, pad+mo, pad ma, pad+ma
Tibetan: པད་མོ།, པདྨོ།, པད་མ།, པདྨ།
Sanskrit: nalinī, padma
Nelumbo nucifera. The true lotus that has a central pericarp, while the “night lotus” and the “blue lotus” are actually lilies. Padma or nalinī refers to the red variety of the lotus, while the white lotus is called puṇḍarīka.
g.944
retention
Wylie: gzungs
Tibetan: གཟུངས།
Sanskrit: dhāraṇī
According to context this term can also mean sentences or phrases for recitation that are said to hold the essence of a teaching or meaning. This term is also rendered in this translation as “dhāraṇī.”
g.945
Revata
Wylie: nam ’gru
Tibetan: ནམ་འགྲུ།
Sanskrit: revata
A śrāvaka, the youngest brother of Śāriputra. Also known as Khadiravanīya. Elsewhere translated as nam gru.
g.946
Roca
Wylie: snang ba
Tibetan: སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: roca
The last buddha of the Bhadra kalpa, which according to The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra, where it was translated as gsal mdzad) is the thousand-and-fifth buddha. The Buddha Ratnagarbha prophesied that the youngest of the thousand Vedapāṭhaka pupils of Brahmin Samudrarenu would be the Buddha Roca. In present times it is most commonly translated as mos pa.
g.947
Roruka
Wylie: ri dags gnas
Tibetan: རི་དགས་གནས།
Sanskrit: roruka
A town in South India.
g.948
royal jasmine
Wylie: dza ti
Tibetan: ཛ་ཏི།
Sanskrit: jāti
Jasminum grandiflorum. Also known as Spanish or Catalonian jasmine, even though it originates in South India. Particularly used as offerings in both Buddhist and Hindu temples. In other sūtras, jāti is translated as sna ma.
g.949
Ṛṣabhendrarāja
Wylie: khyu mchog gi dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཁྱུ་མཆོག་གི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: ṛṣabhendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.950
ṛṣi
Wylie: drang srong
Tibetan: དྲང་སྲོང་།
Sanskrit: ṛṣi
“Sage.” An ancient Indian spiritual title, especially for divinely inspired individuals credited with creating the foundations for all Indian culture.
g.951
Rucira­bhadra­yaśas
Wylie: grags pa yid du ’ong bas bzang ba
Tibetan: གྲགས་པ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བས་བཟང་བ།
Sanskrit: rucira­bhadra­yaśas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.952
Rucira­brahmā
Wylie: tshangs pa yid du ’ong ba
Tibetan: ཚངས་པ་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བ།
Sanskrit: rucira­brahmā
Literally “Attractive Brahmā,” an epithet for Brahmā, one of the epithets that in the non-Buddhist tradition designated him as the primordial creator.
g.953
Rucira­dhvaja
Wylie: mdzes pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: མཛེས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: rucira­dhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.954
Saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja
Wylie: dam chos dbyangs mchog sgron ma’i rgyal po
Tibetan: དམ་ཆོས་དབྱངས་མཆོག་སྒྲོན་མའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: saddharma­ghoṣāmbara­dīpa­rāja
A buddha in the distant past, as rendered in verse. In prose he is called Dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­gagana­pradīpa­rāja.
g.955
Sāgara
Wylie: gang chen mtsho
Tibetan: གང་ཆེན་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: sāgara
One of the eight principal nāga kings. More commonly translated in other sūtras as rgya mtsho.
g.956
Sāgara­buddhi
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i blo
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: sāgara­buddhi
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.957
Sāgara­dhvaja
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: sāgara­dhvaja
A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 9.
g.958
Sāgara­garbha
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i snying po
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sāgara­garbha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.959
Sāgara­ghoṣa
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i dbyangs
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sāgara­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.960
Sāgara­mati
Wylie: blo gros rgya mtsho
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: sāgara­mati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.961
Sāgara­megha
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i sprin
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: sāgara­megha
A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 5.
g.962
Sāgara­mukha
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i sgo
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: sāgara­mukha
An area in the south of India.
g.963
Sāgara­nigarjita­svara
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i ’brug gi sgra
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འབྲུག་གི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: sāgara­nigarjita­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.964
Sāgara­śrī
Wylie: rgya mtsho phun sum tshogs
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: sāgara­śrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Sāgara­śiri.
g.965
Sāgara­tīra
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i ngogs
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་ངོགས།
Sanskrit: sāgara­tīra
An area in the Laṅka region of South India.
g.966
sage
Wylie: thub pa
Tibetan: ཐུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: muni
A title that, like buddha, is given to those who have attained realization through their own contemplation and not by divine revelation.
g.967
Sahā
Wylie: mi mjed
Tibetan: མི་མཇེད།
Sanskrit: sahā
Indian Buddhist name for either the four-continent world in which the Buddha Śākyamuni appeared, or a universe of a thousand million such worlds. The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra) describes it as a world of ordinary beings in which the kleśas and so on are “powerful” (Sanskrit sahas), hence the name. The Tibetan translation mi mjed (literally “no suffering”) is usually defined as meaning “endurance,” because beings there are able to endure suffering.
g.968
Sahasraśrī
Wylie: stong gi dpal
Tibetan: སྟོང་གི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sahasraśrī
“Thousand Splendors.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sahasraśiri.
g.969
Śaila­śikharābhyudgata­tejas
Wylie: ri’i rtse mo mngon par ’phags pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: རིའི་རྩེ་མོ་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: śaila­śikharābhyudgata­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.970
Śailendra­rāja
Wylie: ri’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རིའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: śailendra­rāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.971
Śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa
Wylie: ri dbang rgyal po ’thab pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: རི་དབང་རྒྱལ་པོ་འཐབ་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: śailendra­rāja­saṃghaṭṭana­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.972
Śailendra­śrī­garbha­rāja
Wylie: ri’i dbang po dpal gyi snying po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རིའི་དབང་པོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: śailendra­śrī­garbha­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.973
Śakra
Wylie: brgya byin
Tibetan: བརྒྱ་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: śakra
Also commonly known as Indra, he is the deity, called “lord of the devas,” who dwells on the summit of Mount Sumeru and wields the thunderbolt. The Tibetan translation is based on an etymology that śakra is an abbreviation of śata-kratu: one who has performed a hundred sacrifices. The highest Vedic sacrifice was the horse sacrifice, and there is a tradition that he became the lord of the gods through performing them.
g.974
Śākya
Wylie: shAkya
Tibetan: ཤཱཀྱ།
Sanskrit: śākya
Name of the ancient tribe in which the Buddha was born as a prince; their kingdom was based to the east of Kośala, in the foothills near the present-day border of India and Nepal, with Kapilavastu as its capital.
g.975
sal
Wylie: sA la
Tibetan: སཱ་ལ།
Sanskrit: śāla
Shorea robusta. The dominant tree in the forests where it occurs.
g.976
Sāla­vyūha­megha
Wylie: sa las rnam brgyan sprin
Tibetan: ས་ལས་རྣམ་བརྒྱན་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: sāla­vyūha­megha
A royal capital in another world realm in the distant past. In prose, its long form is Ratna­sāla­vyūha­megha­pradīpā.
g.977
Sālendra­rāja­śri­garbha
Wylie: sA la’i rgyal po dpal gyi mchog
Tibetan: སཱ་ལའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་དཔལ་གྱི་མཆོག
Sanskrit: sālendra­rāja­śri­garbha
The fifty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sālendra­rāja­śiri­garbha.
g.978
Śālendra­skandha
Wylie: sA la’i dbang po’i lhun
Tibetan: སཱ་ལའི་དབང་པོའི་ལྷུན།
Sanskrit: śālendra­skandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.979
samādhi
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན།
Sanskrit: samādhi
In a general sense, samādhi can describe a number of different meditative states. In the Mahāyāna literature, in particular in the Prajñāpāramitā sūtras, we find extensive lists of different samādhis, numbering over one hundred.In a more restricted sense, and when understood as a mental state, samādhi is defined as the one-pointedness of the mind (cittaikāgratā), the ability to remain on the same object over long periods of time. The Drajor Bamponyipa (sgra sbyor bam po gnyis pa) commentary on the Mahāvyutpatti explains the term samādhi as referring to the instrument through which mind and mental states “get collected,” i.e., it is by the force of samādhi that the continuum of mind and mental states becomes collected on a single point of reference without getting distracted.
g.980
Samādhi­mervabhyudgata­jñāna
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi ri rab mngon par ’phags pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་རི་རབ་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: samādhi­mervabhyudgata­jñāna
A buddha in the distant past.
g.981
Samādhi­mudrā­vipula­makuṭa­prajñā­prabha
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin gyi phyag rgya shin tu yangs pa’i cod pan shes rab kyi ’od
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་ཕྱག་རྒྱ་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པའི་ཅོད་པན་ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: samādhi­mudrā­vipula­makuṭa­prajñā­prabha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.982
Samanta­bhadra
Wylie: kun tu bzang po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­bhadra
Presently classed as one of the eight principal bodhisattvas, he is distinct from the primordial buddha with the same name in the Tibetan Nyingma tradition. He is prominent in the Gaṇḍa­vyūha, and also in The White Lotus of the Good Dharma (Toh 113, Saddharma­puṇḍarīka) and The White Lotus of Compassion Sūtra (Toh 111, Mahā­karuṇā­puṇḍarīka­sūtra).
g.983
Samantābhaśrī
Wylie: kun tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samantābhaśrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Samantābhaśiri.
g.984
Samanta­cakṣu
Wylie: kun tu gzigs
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit: samanta­cakṣu
A buddha in the past.
g.985
Samanta­darśana­netra
Wylie: kun nas lta ba’i myig
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: samanta­darśana­netra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.986
Samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings nam mkha’ kun nas snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ནམ་མཁའ་ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: samanta­dharma­dhātu­gagana­pratibhāsa­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.987
Samanta­dharma­dvāra­vahana­śikha­rābha
Wylie: sgo kun nas chos ston pa’i ri bo’i ’od
Tibetan: སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་ཆོས་སྟོན་པའི་རི་བོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: samanta­dharma­dvāra­vahana­śikha­rābha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.988
Samanta­digabhimukha­dvāra­dhvaja­vyūha
Wylie: phyogs kun tu sgo mngon par bltas pa rgyal mtshan gyis rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྒོ་མངོན་པར་བལྟས་པ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­digabhi­mukha­dvāra­dhvaja­vyūha
A group of world realms in the distant past.
g.989
Samanta­diśa­tejas
Wylie: phyogs kun gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་ཀུན་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: samanta­diśa­tejas
A buddha in the distant past.
g.990
Samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā
Wylie: kun tu zab pa’i dpal dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཟབ་པའི་དཔལ་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: samanta­gambhīra­śrī­vimala­prabhā
A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 35.
g.991
Samanta­gandha­vitāna
Wylie: spos kun tu rnam par yangs pa
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­gandha­vitāna
A buddha in a southern realm.
g.992
Samanta­guṇa­megha
Wylie: yon tan kun tu sprin
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: samanta­guṇa­megha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.993
Samanta­jñāna­bhadra­maṇḍala
Wylie: ye shes kun tu bzang po’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་བཟང་པོའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­bhadra­maṇḍala
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.994
Samanta­jñānābha­pravara
Wylie: ye shes kun tu snang ba’i dam pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñānābha­pravara
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.995
Samanta­jñāna­caryāvilamba
Wylie: ye shes kyi spyod pa kun tu thogs pa med pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་སྤྱོད་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་ཐོགས་པ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­caryāvilamba
A buddha in the distant past.
g.996
Samanta­jñāna­dhvaja­śūra
Wylie: ye shes rgyal mtshan kun tu dpal
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན་ཀུན་ཏུ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­dhvaja­śūra
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.997
Samanta­jñānāloka­vikrama­siṃha
Wylie: ye shes snang bas rnam par gnon pa’i seng ge
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྣང་བས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit: samanta­jñānāloka­vikrama­siṃha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.998
Samanta­jñāna­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa
Wylie: ye shes kyi dkyil ’khor kun tu snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­maṇḍala­pratibhāsa­nirghoṣa
A buddha in a realm in the upward direction.
g.999
Samanta­jñāna­prabhā­meru
Wylie: ye shes kun tu snang ba’i ri bo
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­prabhā­meru
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1000
Samanta­jñāna­prabha­rāja
Wylie: ye shes kun snang rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀུན་སྣང་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­prabha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1001
Samanta­jñāna­prabhāsa
Wylie: ye shes kyi ’od kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­prabhāsa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1002
Samanta­jñāna­ratnārci­śrī­guṇa­ketu­rāja
Wylie: ye shes rin po che’i ’od kun tu ’phro ba’i dpal yon tan dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕྲོ་བའི་དཔལ་ཡོན་ཏན་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñāna­ratnārci­śrī­guṇa­ketu­rāja
A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1466.
g.1003
Samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā
Wylie: ye shes kyi ’od kun tu ’phro ba pad+mo bzang mo mig yid du ’ong ba’i dpal gyi zla ba
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕྲོ་བ་པདྨོ་བཟང་མོ་མིག་ཡིད་དུ་འོང་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­jñānārci­padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā
A cakravartin’s princess in the distant past. Also called Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī­candrā and Padma­bhadrābhirāma­netra­śrī.
g.1004
Samanta­kusumārciḥ­pralamba­cūḍa
Wylie: me tog gi ’od kun nas ’phro ba gtsug phud rab tu ’phyang ba
Tibetan: མེ་ཏོག་གི་འོད་ཀུན་ནས་འཕྲོ་བ་གཙུག་ཕུད་རབ་ཏུ་འཕྱང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­kusumārciḥ­pralamba­cūḍa
A bodhisattva in a southwestern realm.
g.1005
Samanta­mukha
Wylie: kun nas sgo
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­mukha
A town in the south of India.
g.1006
Samanta­mukha­jñāna­bhadra­meru
Wylie: sgo kun nas mkhyen pa’i ri bzang po
Tibetan: སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་མཁྱེན་པའི་རི་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­mukha­jñāna­bhadra­meru
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1007
Samanta­mukha­jñāna­virocana­ghoṣa
Wylie: sgo kun nas ye shes rnam par snang ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: སྒོ་ཀུན་ནས་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: samanta­mukha­jñāna­virocana­ghoṣa
A buddha in a southwestern realm.
g.1008
Samanta­netra
Wylie: kun tu lta ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ལྟ་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­netra
A perfume seller, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 19.
g.1009
Samantānuravita­śānta­nirghoṣa
Wylie: zhi ba’i dbyangs kun tu bsgrags pa
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས་ཀུན་ཏུ་བསྒྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: samantānuravita­śānta­nirghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1010
Samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas
Wylie: kun nas ’od dpal gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་འོད་དཔལ་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: samanta­prabha­śrī­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1011
Samanta­prajñābha­dharma­nagara­pradīpa
Wylie: shes rab kyi ’od kun tu gsal ba chos kyi grong khyer rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀུན་ཏུ་གསལ་བ་ཆོས་ཀྱི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­prajñābha­dharma­nagara­pradīpa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1012
Samanta­prajñapti­nirghoṣa­megha
Wylie: shes rab kyi sgra kun tu ’byung ba’i sprin
Tibetan: ཤེས་རབ་ཀྱི་སྒྲ་ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: samanta­prajñapti­nirghoṣa­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1013
Samanta­pratibhāsa­cūḍa
Wylie: gzugs brnyan kun tu snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: གཟུགས་བརྙན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: samanta­pratibhāsa­cūḍa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1014
Samanta­ratnā
Wylie: kun nas rin po che
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་རིན་པོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: samanta­ratnā
A world realm in the distant past.
g.1015
Samanta­ratna­kusuma­prabhā
Wylie: rin chen me tog kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­ratna­kusuma­prabhā
A royal city in the distant past.
g.1016
Samanta­saṃbhava­pradīpa
Wylie: kun tu ’byung ba’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་འབྱུང་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: samanta­saṃbhava­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1017
Samanta­saṃpūrṇa­śrī­garbhā
Wylie: kun nas yongs su rgyas pa’i dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­saṃpūrṇa­śrī­garbhā
A royal capital in a world in the eastern direction in a past kalpa.
g.1018
Samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī
Wylie: sems can kun tu skyong ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྐྱོང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samanta­sattva­trāṇojaḥ­śrī
A night goddess.
g.1019
Samanta­śrī­kusuma­tejābha
Wylie: dpal gyi me tog kun nas rgyas pa’i gzi brjid snang ba
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྒྱས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­śrī­kusuma­tejābha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1020
Samanta­śrī­saṃbhava
Wylie: dpal kun nas yang dag par ’byung ba
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­śrī­saṃbhava
A buddha in the eastern direction.
g.1021
Samanta­śrī­samudgata­tejorāja
Wylie: dpal kun nas ’phags pa’i gzi brjid rgyal po, dpal kun nas ’phags pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།, དཔལ་ཀུན་ནས་འཕགས་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: samanta­śrī­samudgata­tejorāja, samanta­śrī­samudgata­rāja
A bodhisattva from a western realm.
g.1022
Samanta­śrī­tejas
Wylie: kun nas dpal gyi gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: samanta­śrī­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1023
Samanta­śrī­vairocana­ketu
Wylie: dpal kun tu rnam par snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samanta­śrī­vairocana­ketu
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1024
samanta­śubha­vyūha
Wylie: kun tu zhim pas brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་ཞིམ་པས་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­śubha­vyūha
A magical tree, the name of which means “completely pleasant array.”
g.1025
Samanta­sūci­suviśuddha­jñāna­kusuma
Wylie: ye shes kyi me tog kun nas rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­sūci­suviśuddha­jñāna­kusuma
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1026
Samanta­sūryāvabhāsa­prabha­rāja
Wylie: ’od nyi ma kun tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: འོད་ཉི་མ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­sūryāvabhāsa­prabha­rāja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1027
Samantāvabhāsa­dharma­śrī­ghoṣa
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa­dharma­śrī­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. Missing in Tibetan.
g.1028
Samantāvabhāsa­dhvaja
Wylie: kun tu snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa­dhvaja
“Shining Banner.” The name of a past kalpa.
g.1029
Samantāvabhāsa­ketu
Wylie: kun nas snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa­ketu
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1030
Samantāvabhāsana­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja
Wylie: kun tu grags pa’i chos kyi sprin sgra’i rgyal mtshan, kun tu snang ba’i chos kyi sprin gyi sgra dbyangs rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་གྲགས་པའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་སྒྲའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།, ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་སྒྲ་དབྱངས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsana­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja, samanta­dharmāvabhāsa­dharma­megha­nirghoṣa­dhvaja
“The Victory Banner That Resounds Everywhere with the Sound of the Clouds of the Dharma.” A Bodhi tree in the distant past.
g.1031
Samantāvabhāsa­śrī­garbha­rāja
Wylie: dpal gyi snying po kun nas snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་ཀུན་ནས་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsa­śrī­garbha­rāja
A buddha in a southern realm.
g.1032
Samantāvabhāsodgata
Wylie: kun tu snang bas ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: samantāvabhāsodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1033
Samanta­vairocana­candra
Wylie: kun tu rnam par snang ba’i zla ba
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: samanta­vairocana­candra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1034
Samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa
Wylie: kun nas rnam par snang ba’i cod pan
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: samanta­vairocana­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1035
Samanta­vairocana­śrī­meru­rāja
Wylie: dpal gyi ri bo kun nas rnam par snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་རི་བོ་ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: samanta­vairocana­śrī­meru­rāja
A buddha in a northwestern realm.
g.1036
Samantāvaloka­buddhi
Wylie: kun tu snang ba’i blo
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: samantāvaloka­buddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1037
Samanta­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­dhvaja
Wylie: snyan pa kun tu rnam par grags pa’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྙན་པ་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: samanta­vighuṣṭa­kīrti­dhvaja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1038
Samanta­vilokita­jñāna
Wylie: kun tu rnam par gzigs pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: samanta­vilokita­jñāna
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1039
Samanta­vīryolkāvabhāsa­megha
Wylie: brtson ’grus kyi sgron ma kun tu snang ba’i sprin
Tibetan: བརྩོན་འགྲུས་ཀྱི་སྒྲོན་མ་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: samanta­vīryolkāvabhāsa­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1040
Samanta­vyūha
Wylie: kun nas rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: samanta­vyūha
A park in South India.
g.1041
Samāpadyata
Wylie: mnyam par gzhag pa
Tibetan: མཉམ་པར་གཞག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpadyata
A kalpa in the distant past.
g.1042
samāpatti
Wylie: snyoms par ’jug pa
Tibetan: སྙོམས་པར་འཇུག་པ།
Sanskrit: samāpatti
One of the synonyms for the meditative state. The Tibetan translation interpreted it as sama-āpatti, which brings in the idea of “equal,” or “level,” whereas it may be intended as sam-āpatti, with a meaning similar to “samādhi” or “concentration,” but also to “completion.”
g.1043
Samaśarīra
Wylie: zhi ba’i sku yi ’od
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་སྐུ་ཡི་འོད།
Sanskrit: samaśarīra
The seventy-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. The equivalent of ’od (“light”) is not in the Sanskrit.
g.1044
Samataprabha
Wylie: kun nas ’od
Tibetan: ཀུན་ནས་འོད།
Sanskrit: samataprabha
The twelfth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1045
Samatārtha­saṃbhavā
Wylie: mnyam pa nyid kyi don ’byung ba
Tibetan: མཉམ་པ་ཉིད་ཀྱི་དོན་འབྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: samatārtha­saṃbhavā
An earth goddess in the distant past.
g.1046
śamatha
Wylie: zhi gnas
Tibetan: ཞི་གནས།
Sanskrit: śamatha
Meditation of peaceful stability.
g.1047
Śamathaketu
Wylie: zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: śamathaketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1048
Śamatha­śrī­sambhava
Wylie: zhi ba’i dpal ’byung
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: śamatha­śrī­sambhava
A forest in the distant past.
g.1049
Saṃbhavagiri
Wylie: yang dag ’byung ba’i mchog
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་འབྱུང་བའི་མཆོག
Sanskrit: saṃbhavagiri
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1050
Saṃcālitā
Wylie: shin tu sbyangs
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས།
Sanskrit: saṃcālitā
The daughter of a courtesan in another world in the distant past. A previous life of Gopā. The name as given in verse. In prose she is called Sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī.
g.1051
Saṃghāta
Wylie: ris gzhom pa
Tibetan: རིས་གཞོམ་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃghāta
The third of the “hot hells.” Here, beings are perpetually crushed between rocks the size of mountains.
g.1052
Samitāyus
Wylie: skye bcil ba
Tibetan: སྐྱེ་བཅིལ་བ།
Sanskrit: samitāyus
The sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1053
saṃpracchada
Wylie: yongs su ’gengs
Tibetan: ཡོངས་སུ་འགེངས།
Sanskrit: saṃpracchada
A magical tree, the name of which means “completely covering.”
g.1054
Saṃpūrṇa­śrīvakrā
Wylie: dpal gyi bzhin yongs su rgyas pa
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བཞིན་ཡོངས་སུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃpūrṇa­śrīvakrā
A cakravartin’s precious queen in the distant past.
g.1055
Saṃtuṣita
Wylie: rab dga’ ldan
Tibetan: རབ་དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: saṃtuṣita
The principal deity in the paradise of Tuṣita. Also translated as yongs su dga’ ldan.
g.1056
Samudgataśrī
Wylie: kun tu ’phags pa’i dpal
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཏུ་འཕགས་པའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: samudgataśrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1057
Samudrakaccha
Wylie: rgya mtsho’i ’gram
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོའི་འགྲམ།
Sanskrit: samudrakaccha
A province in South India.
g.1058
Samudra­pratiṣṭhāna
Wylie: rgya mtsho brten pa
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་བརྟེན་པ།
Sanskrit: samudra­pratiṣṭhāna
A town in South India.
g.1059
Samudravetāḍī
Wylie: rgya mtsho rnam par rlob pa
Tibetan: རྒྱ་མཚོ་རྣམ་པར་རློབ་པ།
Sanskrit: samudravetāḍī
An area in the south of India.
g.1060
Saṃvṛtaskandha
Wylie: phung po yongs su grub pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: saṃvṛtaskandha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1061
samyak­saṃbuddha
Wylie: yang dag par rdzogs pa’i sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཡང་དག་པར་རྫོགས་པའི་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: samyak­saṃbuddha
“A perfect buddha.” A buddha who teaches the Dharma, as opposed to a pratyeka­buddha, who does not teach.
g.1062
saṅgha
Wylie: dge ’dun
Tibetan: དགེ་འདུན།
Sanskrit: saṅgha
Though often specifically reserved for the monastic community, this term can be applied to any of the four Buddhist communities‍—monks, nuns, laymen, and laywomen‍—as well as to identify the different groups of practitioners, like the community of bodhisattvas or the community of śrāvakas. It is also the third of the Three Jewels (triratna) of Buddhism: the Buddha, the Teaching, and the Community.
g.1063
Śantābha
Wylie: ’od snang zhi ba
Tibetan: འོད་སྣང་ཞི་བ།
Sanskrit: śantābha
A buddha.
g.1064
Śānta­dhvaja
Wylie: zhi ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: śānta­dhvaja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1065
Śānta­nirghoṣa
Wylie: zhi ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: śānta­nirghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1066
Śānta­nirghoṣa­hāra­mati
Wylie: zhing dbyangs phreng ba’i blo gros can
Tibetan: ཞིང་དབྱངས་ཕྲེང་བའི་བློ་གྲོས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śānta­nirghoṣa­hāra­mati
A realm in the distant past. See n.­1417.
g.1067
Śānta­prabha­rāja
Wylie: zhi ba’i ’od kyi rgyal
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: śānta­prabha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1068
Śānta­pradīpa­megha­śrī­rāja
Wylie: zhi ba’i sgron ma sprin gyi rgyal po’i dpal
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: śānta­pradīpa­megha­śrī­rāja
A buddha in the distant past. BHS in verse: Śānta­pradīpa­megha­śiri­rāja.
g.1069
Śānta­raśmi
Wylie: zhi ba’i ’od zer
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་འོད་ཟེར།
Sanskrit: śānta­raśmi
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1070
Śāntendrarāja
Wylie: zhi ba’i dbang po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་དབང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: śāntendrarāja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1071
Śānti­dhvaja­jagatpradīpa­śrī
Wylie: zhi ba’i rgyal mtshan ’gro ba’i sgron ma dpal
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་འགྲོ་བའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: śānti­dhvaja­jagatpradīpa­śrī
The ninety-seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Śānti­dhvaja­jaga­pradīpa­śiri.
g.1072
Śānti­prabha
Wylie: zhi ba’i ’od
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: śānti­prabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1073
Śānti­prabha­gambhīra­kūṭa
Wylie: ’od zab mo zhi ba brtsegs pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཟབ་མོ་ཞི་བ་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: śānti­prabha­gambhīra­kūṭa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1074
Śānti­rāja
Wylie: zhi ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཞི་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: śānti­rāja
The fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1075
Sarasvatī
Wylie: dbyangs dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དབྱངས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarasvatī
The Indian goddess of eloquence and music. Also translated elsewhere as dbyangs can.
g.1076
Sarasvati­saṃgīti
Wylie: glu snyan pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: གླུ་སྙན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarasvati­saṃgīti
A palace in another world in the distant past.
g.1077
Śārdūla
Sanskrit: śārdūla
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa. See n.­1901.
g.1078
Śāriputra
Wylie: shA ri’i bu
Tibetan: ཤཱ་རིའི་བུ།
Sanskrit: śāriputra
“The son of Śāri,” the Buddha’s principal pupil, who passed away before the Buddha.
g.1079
Sārocaya
Wylie: snying po’i tshogs
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོའི་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: sārocaya
“Accumulation of Essences.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1080
Sarva­bala­vegavatī
Wylie: stobs thams cad kyi shugs dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྟོབས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཤུགས་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­bala­vegavatī
A southern realm.
g.1081
Sarva­buddha­kṣetra­pariśuddhi­nigarjita­pratibhāsa­vijñāpanā
Wylie: sangs rgyas kyi zhing thams cad yongs su dag par sgra ’byin pa’i gzugs brnyan rnam par dmigs pa
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཀྱི་ཞིང་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡོངས་སུ་དག་པར་སྒྲ་འབྱིན་པའི་གཟུགས་བརྙན་རྣམ་པར་དམིགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­buddha­kṣetra­pariśuddhi­nigarjita­pratibhāsa­vijñāpanā
“The Perception of the Speech Emitted by All the Pure Buddha Realms.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1082
Sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa
Wylie: sangs rgyas thams cad kyi sprul pa snang ba’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྤྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­buddha­nirmāṇa­pratibhāsa­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1083
Sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa
Wylie: sangs rgyas thams cad yang dag par ’byung ba’i snying po
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­buddha­saṃbhūta­garbha­maṇi­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1084
Sarva­dharma­bhāvanārambha­saṃbhava­tejas
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi gnas bsgrub pa yongs su ’grub pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གནས་བསྒྲུབ་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་འགྲུབ་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­bhāvanārambha­saṃbhava­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1085
Sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­dhātu­sāgara­nigarjita­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1086
Sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kun tu rgyas pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀུན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­dhātu­spharaṇa­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1087
Sarva­dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­ketu­rāja
Wylie: chos kyi dbyings kyi gzhi tha dad pa’i dpal gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཀྱི་དབྱིངས་ཀྱི་གཞི་ཐ་དད་པའི་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­dhātu­tala­bheda­ketu­rāja
A bodhisattva in a southeastern realm.
g.1088
Sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja
Wylie: chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po, chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།, ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འབྲུག་སྒྲ་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nigarjita­rāja
This is a buddha in the distant past in chapter 34, where the name is translated as chos thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rgyal po, and a buddha in the distant past in chapter 41, where the name is translated as chos thams cad kyi ’brug sgra bsgrags pa’i rgyal po.
g.1089
Sarva­dharma­nirnādacchatra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi nga ro’i gdugs kyi dkyil ’khor rab tu sgrog pa
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ང་རོའི་གདུགས་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­nirnādacchatra­maṇḍala­nirghoṣa
A cakravartin king in another world realm in the distant past.
g.1090
Sarva­dharma­prabha­rāja
Wylie: chos ’od rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་འོད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­prabha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1091
Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyi dbyangs ’od kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­prabha­rāja
A buddha in another world in the distant past, the first of countless buddhas in that kalpa. In verse he is called Dharma­samudra­prabha­garjita­rāja.
g.1092
Sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­rāja
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyi gsung gi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་གསུང་གི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­sāgara­nirghoṣa­rāja
A buddha in a world in the eastern direction in the past.
g.1093
Sarva­dharma­samādhi­prabha­ghoṣa
Wylie: chos thams cad ting nge ’dzin gyi ’od kyi dbyangs
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་གྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samādhi­prabha­ghoṣa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1094
Sarva­dharma­samudrābhyudgata­vega­rāja
Wylie: chos rgya mtsho thams cad kyis mngon par ’phags pa’i shugs kyi rgyal po
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­samudrābhyudgata­vega­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1095
Sarva­dharma­vīrya­vega­dhvaja
Wylie: chos thams cad kyi brtson ’grus drag po’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་བརྩོན་འགྲུས་དྲག་པོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: sarva­dharma­vīrya­vega­dhvaja
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1096
Sarva­diśa­pradīpa­prabha­rāja
Wylie: phyogs rnams kun tu sgron ma gsal ba’i bdag
Tibetan: ཕྱོགས་རྣམས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྒྲོན་མ་གསལ་བའི་བདག
Sanskrit: sarva­diśa­pradīpa­prabha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1097
Sarvagamin
Wylie: thams cad du ’gro ba
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་འགྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarvagamin
A parivrājaka who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 23.
g.1098
Sarva­gandha­prabhāsa­vatī
Wylie: spos thams cad kyi ’od dang ldan pa
Tibetan: སྤོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­gandha­prabhāsa­vatī
A western buddha realm.
g.1099
Sarva­gandhārci­mukha
Wylie: zhal nas spos thams cad ’od du ’phro ba
Tibetan: ཞལ་ནས་སྤོས་ཐམས་ཅད་འོད་དུ་འཕྲོ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­gandhārci­mukha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1100
Sarva­jagad­abhimukha­pradīpā
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad la mngon du gyur pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་མངོན་དུ་གྱུར་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagad­abhimukha­pradīpā
“The Lamp of the Manifestation of All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1101
Sarva­jagadabhi­mukha­rūpa
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad mngon gzugs
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་མངོན་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagadabhi­mukha­rūpa
The seventy-third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1102
Sarva­jagad­buddha­darśana­vipāka­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhavā
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad kyis sangs rgyas mthong ba rnam par smin pa’i dge ba’i rtsa ba las byung ba
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་སངས་རྒྱས་མཐོང་བ་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པའི་དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་ལས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagad­buddha­darśana­vipāka­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhavā
“The Vision of the Buddha by All Beings Arisen from Ripened Roots of Virtue.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1103
Sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad la phan pa’i smon lam zla ba
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagad­dhita­praṇidhāna­candra
The second of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.
g.1104
Sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad sdug bsngal rab tu zhi bar bya ba’i dbugs ’byin pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྡུག་བསྔལ་རབ་ཏུ་ཞི་བར་བྱ་བའི་དབུགས་འབྱིན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagad­duḥkha­praśāntyāśvāsana­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1105
Sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad bsrung ba’i smon lam la brtson pa’i ’od
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ལ་བརྩོན་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagad­rakṣā­praṇidhāna­vīrya­prabhā
A night goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.
g.1106
Sarva­jagadvara­vyūha­garbha
Wylie: ’gro ba thams cad na rgyan gyi dam pa phul
Tibetan: འགྲོ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ན་རྒྱན་གྱི་དམ་པ་ཕུལ།
Sanskrit: sarva­jagadvara­vyūha­garbha
The palace of Mahābrahmā. The name could be translated as “The Essence of the Array of All Worlds.” Jagad can also mean “beings” and therefore is regularly translated as ’gro ba (“beings”) in this sūtra. Here garbha, usually meaning “essence,” is translated as phul (“perfection”).
g.1107
Sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa
Wylie: nam mkha’i dbyings thams cad tha myi dad par rnam par dmyigs pa’i rin chen rgyal pos brgyan pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: ནམ་མཁའི་དབྱིངས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཐ་མྱི་དད་པར་རྣམ་པར་དམྱིགས་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོས་བརྒྱན་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarvākāśa­talāsaṃbheda­vijñapti­maṇi­ratna­vibhūṣita­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1108
Sarva­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhava­nirghoṣā
Wylie: dge ba’i rtsa ba thams cad yang dag par ’byung ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­kuśala­mūla­saṃbhava­nirghoṣā
“The Voice That Causes the Emergence of All Roots of Merit.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1109
Sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad las mngon par ’phags pa’i cod pan
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལས་མངོན་པར་འཕགས་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­dhātūdgata­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1110
Sarva­loka­hitaiṣin
Wylie: ’jig rten thams cad la phan par mdzad pa
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་ཕན་པར་མཛད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­loka­hitaiṣin
The fourth of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.
g.1111
Sarva­mahā­pṛthivī­rāja­maṇi­raśmi­jāla­pramuktā
Wylie: sa chen po thams cad du mdzes pa’i rin po che ’od zer gyi dra ba rab tu ’gyed pa
Tibetan: ས་ཆེན་པོ་ཐམས་ཅད་དུ་མཛེས་པའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་འོད་ཟེར་གྱི་དྲ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­mahā­pṛthivī­rāja­maṇi­raśmi­jāla­pramuktā
A buddha realm in the northeastern direction.
g.1112
Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa
Wylie: bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rab tu ’dul ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­māra­maṇḍala­pramardaṇa­ghoṣa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1113
Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja
Wylie: bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja
A bodhisattva from a southwestern realm. Also known as Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja.
g.1114
Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja
Wylie: bdud kyi dkyil ’khor thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes rgyal mtshan gyi rgyal po
Tibetan: བདུད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja­rāja
A bodhisattva from a southwestern realm. Also known as Sarva­māra­maṇḍala­vikiraṇa­jñāna­dhvaja.
g.1115
Sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī
Wylie: grong khyer thams cad bsrung ba ’byung ba’i gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: གྲོང་ཁྱེར་ཐམས་ཅད་བསྲུང་བ་འབྱུང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sarva­nagara­rakṣā­saṃbhava­tejaḥ­śrī
A night goddess in Bodhgaya.
g.1116
Sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa
Wylie: smon lam rgya mtsho thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i rin chen rgyal po’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: སྨོན་ལམ་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་རིན་ཆེན་རྒྱལ་པོའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­praṇidhāna­sāgara­nirghoṣa­maṇi­rāja­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1117
Sarvaratnābha
Wylie: rin chen thams cad ’od
Tibetan: རིན་ཆེན་ཐམས་ཅད་འོད།
Sanskrit: sarvaratnābha
A realm in the distant past. BHS: Sarvaratanābha.
g.1118
Sarva­ratna­garbha­vicitrābha
Wylie: rin po che thams cad kyi snying po ’od sna tshogs can
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ་འོད་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­garbha­vicitrābha
A bodhimaṇḍa in a world realm in the eastern direction.
g.1119
Sarva­ratna­rucirā
Wylie: rin po che thams cad rab tu ’bar ba
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­rucirā
A northeastern buddha realm.
g.1120
Sarva­ratna­śikhara­dhvaja
Wylie: rin po che sna tshogs kyi rtse mo’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­śikhara­dhvaja
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.1121
Sarva­ratna­varṇa­samanta­prabhāsa­śrī
Wylie: rin po che thams cad kyi mdog kun tu snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མདོག་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­varṇa­samanta­prabhāsa­śrī
A world realm in the distant past.
g.1122
Sarva­ratna­vicitra­varṇa­maṇi­kuṇḍala
Wylie: rin po che’i dkyil ’khor rin po che thams cad kyis rnam par brgyan pa’i kha dog
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པའི་ཁ་དོག
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­vicitra­varṇa­maṇi­kuṇḍala
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1123
Sarva­ratna­vimala­prabhā­vyūha
Wylie: rin po che thams cad kyi dri ma med pa’i ’od rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­ratna­vimala­prabhā­vyūha
A universe of world realms far to the east.
g.1124
Sarvārtha­siddha
Wylie: don thams cad grub pa
Tibetan: དོན་ཐམས་ཅད་གྲུབ་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvārtha­siddha
The personal name of Śākyamuni, which also has the shorter form Siddhārtha.
g.1125
Sarva­samādhi­sāgarāvabhāsa­siṃha
Wylie: ting nge ’dzin rgya mtsho thams cad snang bar mdzad pa’i seng ge
Tibetan: ཏིང་ངེ་འཛིན་རྒྱ་མཚོ་ཐམས་ཅད་སྣང་བར་མཛད་པའི་སེང་གེ
Sanskrit: sarva­samādhi­sāgarāvabhāsa­siṃha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1126
Sarva­sattva­karma­vipāka­nirghoṣa
Wylie: sems can thams cad kyi las rnam par smin pa’i dbyangs
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ལས་རྣམ་པར་སྨིན་པའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­karma­vipāka­nirghoṣa
“The Voice That Ripens the Karma of All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1127
Sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara
Wylie: sems can kun gyi dge ba’i rtsa ba rab tu sgrog pa’i sgra
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཀུན་གྱི་དགེ་བའི་རྩ་བ་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་སྒྲ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­kuśala­mūla­nigarjita­svara
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1128
Sarva­sattva­praharṣa­prīti­prāmodya­samudaya­nirghoṣā
Wylie: sems can thams cad rab tu dga’ ba dang spro ba dang mos pa yongs su ’byung ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བ་དང་སྤྲོ་བ་དང་མོས་པ་ཡོངས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­praharṣa­prīti­prāmodya­samudaya­nirghoṣā
“The Voice That Gives Rise to Joy, Delight, and Aspiration in All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1129
Sarva­sattvāvabhāsa­tejas
Wylie: sems can thams cad tu snang ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattvāvabhāsa­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1130
Sarva­sattva­virajaḥpradīpa
Wylie: sems can thams cad rdul dang ’byed pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ཐམས་ཅད་རྡུལ་དང་འབྱེད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sarva­sattva­virajaḥpradīpa
“The Lamp That Removes the Dust from All Beings.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1131
Sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śrī
Wylie: thams cad dbyangs kyi yan lag sgra skad dpal
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་སྒྲ་སྐད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śrī
The hundred-and-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sarva­svarāṅga­ruta­ghoṣa­śirī.
g.1132
Sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi chos kyi ’khor lo sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཆོས་ཀྱི་འཁོར་ལོ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­dharma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1133
Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor rab tu ’gyed pa’i nor bu rin chen ’brug sgra’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་འགྱེད་པའི་ནོར་བུ་རིན་ཆེན་འབྲུག་སྒྲའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­pramuñcana­maṇi­ratna­nigarjita­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1134
Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­vairocanā
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­maṇḍala­vairocanā
A buddha realm in the downward direction.
g.1135
Sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­praṇidhi­nirghoṣa
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi ’od dang smon lam gyi dbyangs
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་དང་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­prabhā­praṇidhi­nirghoṣa
A group of world realms in the eastern direction.
g.1136
Sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi seng ge’i khri ’dzin pa’i cod pan
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་སེང་གེའི་ཁྲི་འཛིན་པའི་ཅོད་པན།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­siṃhāsana­saṃpratiṣṭhita­maṇi­mukuṭa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1137
Sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad rnam par ’phrul pa snang ba’i rgyal mtshan dang rin po che’i rgyal po’i dra bas kun nas yog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པ་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དང་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱལ་པོའི་དྲ་བས་ཀུན་ནས་ཡོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­vikurvita­pratibhāsa­dhvaja­maṇi­rāja­jāla­saṃchādita­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1138
Sarva­tathāgata­viṣayāsaṃbheda­pradīpā
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi yul tha mi dad pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་ཐ་མི་དད་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sarva­tathāgata­viṣayāsaṃbheda­pradīpā
“The Lamp of the Different Ranges of All the Tathāgatas.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1139
Sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa
Wylie: dus gsum gyi mying thams cad rab tu sgrog pa’i gtsug phud
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་མྱིང་ཐམས་ཅད་རབ་ཏུ་སྒྲོག་པའི་གཙུག་ཕུད།
Sanskrit: sarva­tryadhva­nāma­cakra­nirghoṣa­cūḍa
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1140
Sarva­tryadhva­tathāgata­viṣaya­patra­saṃdhi­vidyotita­megha­vyūha
Wylie: lo ma’i mtshams nas dus gsum gyi de bzhin gshegs pa thams cad kyi yul rnam par ston pa’i ’od gzer gyi sprin gyi rgyan
Tibetan: ལོ་མའི་མཚམས་ནས་དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་ཡུལ་རྣམ་པར་སྟོན་པའི་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་སྤྲིན་གྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: sarva­tryadhva­tathāgata­viṣaya­patra­saṃdhi­vidyotita­megha­vyūha
The name of a magical lotus in the distant past; the name means “An Array of the Clouds of the Light Rays from between the Petals That Reveal the Range of All the Tathāgatas of the Three Times.”
g.1141
Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin
Wylie: bsgribs pa thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i ye shes kyis rnam par non pa
Tibetan: བསྒྲིབས་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱིས་རྣམ་པར་ནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin
A bodhisattva from a buddha realm in the downward direction. Also called Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja.
g.1142
Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja
Wylie: sgrib pa thams cad rnam par ’thor ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྒྲིབ་པ་ཐམས་ཅད་རྣམ་པར་འཐོར་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrānta­rāja
A bodhisattva from a buddha realm in the downward direction. Also called Sarvāvaraṇa­vikiraṇa­jñāna­vikrāmin.
g.1143
Sarva­vaśita­kāya­pratibhāsa
Wylie: thams cad la dbang ba’i lus rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ལ་དབང་བའི་ལུས་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: *sarva­vaśita­kāya­pratibhāsa
A bodhimaṇḍa in a world realm in the eastern direction. The Sanskrit is a reconstruction from the Tibetan. The Chinese and Sanskrit each have a different version of the name. See n.­1828.
g.1144
Sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā
Wylie: shing thams cad kyi me tog rgyas par bde bar gnas pa
Tibetan: ཤིང་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་མེ་ཏོག་རྒྱས་པར་བདེ་བར་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: sarva­vṛkṣpraphullana­sukha­saṃvāsā
A goddess of the night at the bodhimaṇḍa.
g.1145
Śaśimaṇḍala
Wylie: zla ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: śaśimaṇḍala
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1146
Śaśimukha
Wylie: zla zhal
Tibetan: ཟླ་ཞལ།
Sanskrit: śaśimukha
The tenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1147
Śaśivakra
Wylie: zla bzhin
Tibetan: ཟླ་བཞིན།
Sanskrit: śaśivakra
A night goddess in the distant past.
g.1148
Śataraśmin
Wylie: ’od brgya pa
Tibetan: འོད་བརྒྱ་པ།
Sanskrit: śataraśmin
A nāga king. The name means “having a hundred rays” and may be an alternate name for the nāga king Vasuki, Takṣaka, or Utpalaka.
g.1149
Sattva­gagana­citta­pratibhāsa­bimba
Wylie: sems can nam mkha’i sems snang ba’i gzugs
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་ནམ་མཁའི་སེམས་སྣང་བའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: sattva­gagana­citta­pratibhāsa­bimba
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1150
Sattvāśaya­sama­śarīri­śri
Wylie: sems can bsam par mnyam pa sku yi dpal
Tibetan: སེམས་ཅན་བསམ་པར་མཉམ་པ་སྐུ་ཡི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sattvāśaya­sama­śarīri­śri
The hundred-and-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: sattvāśayaiḥ sama­śarīri­śiri.
g.1151
Sattvottara­jñānin
Wylie: brtan pa dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: བརྟན་པ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sattvottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1152
Satyaka
Wylie: bden pa can
Tibetan: བདེན་པ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: satyaka
A Jain who features prominently in the sūtra The Range of the Bodhisattva (Toh 146, Satyaka Sūtra). The Buddha states that he is a bodhisattva who takes on various forms to aid beings. Also translated elsewhere as bden pa po and bden par smra ba. The latter term is reconstructed into Sanskrit as Satyavādin by Lozang Jamspal in his translation of the Satyaka Sūtra.
g.1153
second-week embryo
Wylie: sko
Tibetan: སྐོ།
Sanskrit: arbuda
The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb , arbuda is translated as mer mer po.
g.1154
seven jewels
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
When associated with the seven heavenly bodies, and therefore the seven days of the week, they are ruby for the sun, moonstone or pearl for the moon, coral for Mars, emerald for Mercury, yellow sapphire for Jupiter, diamond for Venus, and blue sapphire for Saturn. There are variant lists not associated with the heavenly bodies but retaining the number seven, which include gold, silver, and so on. In association with a cakravartin the seven jewels can refer, according to the Abhidharma, to his magical wheel, elephant, horse, wish-fulfilling jewel, queen, minister, and leading householder. In the Tibetan maṇḍala offering practice, the householder is replaced by a general.
g.1155
seven precious materials
Wylie: rin po che sna bdun
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་བདུན།
Sanskrit: saptaratna
Listed in this sūtra as gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral.The set of seven precious materials or substances includes a range of precious metals and gems, but their exact list varies. The set often consists of gold, silver, beryl, crystal, red pearls, emeralds, and white coral, but may also contain lapis lazuli, ruby, sapphire, chrysoberyl, diamonds, etc. The term is frequently used in the sūtras to exemplify preciousness, wealth, and beauty, and can describe treasures, offering materials, or the features of architectural structures such as stūpas, palaces, thrones, etc. The set is also used to describe the beauty and prosperity of buddha realms and the realms of the gods.In other contexts, the term saptaratna can also refer to the seven precious possessions of a cakravartin or to a set of seven precious moral qualities.
g.1156
seven prominences
Wylie: bdun shin tu mtho ba
Tibetan: བདུན་ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོ་བ།
Sanskrit: saptotsada
One of the thirty-two signs of a great beings, this refers to the two feet, two hands, two shoulders, and the nape of the neck. See 43.­75.
g.1157
Siddhārtha
Wylie: don grub
Tibetan: དོན་གྲུབ།
Sanskrit: siddhārtha
The Buddha Śākyamuni’s personal name, which is also given in its longer form: Sarvārtha­siddha.
g.1158
signs (of a great being)
Wylie: mtshan
Tibetan: མཚན།
Sanskrit: lakṣaṇa
The thirty-two primary physical characteristics of a “great being,” mahāpuruṣa, which every buddha and cakravartin possesses. See 43.­66 for a complete list according to this sūtra.
g.1159
Śikhin
Wylie: gtsug tor can
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར་ཅན།
Sanskrit: śikhin
In early Buddhism the second of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha. Also translated elsewhere as gtsug ldan; the Mahāvyutpatti also translates as gtsug tor can.
g.1160
Śikṣānanda
Wylie: dga’ ba
Tibetan: དགའ་བ།
Sanskrit: śikṣānanda
652−710 ᴄᴇ. He went from Khotan to China, where he translated the Avataṃsaka Sūtra. The Tibetan should be bslab pa dga’ ba but translates only the nanda half of the name.
g.1161
Śilpābhijña
Wylie: bzo mngon par shes pa
Tibetan: བཟོ་མངོན་པར་ཤེས་པ།
Sanskrit: śilpābhijña
A head merchant’s son.
g.1162
Siṃha
Wylie: seng ge
Tibetan: སེང་གེ
Sanskrit: siṃha
The sixth buddha in this kalpa, following Maitreya.
g.1163
Siṃha­dhvajāgra­tejas
Wylie: seng ge rgyal mtshan dam pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་དམ་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: siṃha­dhvajāgra­tejas
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.1164
Siṃhaketu
Wylie: seng ge dpal
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: siṃhaketu
A king in South India.
g.1165
Siṃhapota
Wylie: seng ge’i gzugs
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་གཟུགས།
Sanskrit: siṃhapota
A town in South India.
g.1166
Siṃha­vijṛmbhitā
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vijṛmbhitā
A bhikṣuṇī, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 27.
g.1167
Siṃha­vijṛmbhita
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vijṛmbhita
A city in the south of India.
g.1168
Siṃha­vijṛmbhita­prabha
Wylie: seng ge rnam par bsgyings pa’i ’od
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་བསྒྱིངས་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vijṛmbhita­prabha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1169
Siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin
Wylie: seng ge rnam par gnon pas bzhud pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པས་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vikrānta­gāmin
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1170
Siṃha­vinardita
Wylie: seng ge rnam par sgrog pa
Tibetan: སེང་གེ་རྣམ་པར་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vinardita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1171
Siṃha­vinardita Vidu­pradīpa
Wylie: seng ge’i sgra sgrogs mkhas pa sgron ma
Tibetan: སེང་གེའི་སྒྲ་སྒྲོགས་མཁས་པ་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: siṃha­vinardita vidu­pradīpa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1172
Sitāṅga
Wylie: mi dkar yan lag
Tibetan: མི་དཀར་ཡན་ལག
Sanskrit: sitāṅga
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1173
Sitaśrī
Wylie: dkar po’i dpal
Tibetan: དཀར་པོའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sitaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1174
Sitaviśālākṣa
Wylie: mi dkar rings po’i spyan
Tibetan: མི་དཀར་རིངས་པོའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: sitaviśālākṣa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1175
Śivarāgra
Wylie: zhi ’dzin mchog
Tibetan: ཞི་འཛིན་མཆོག
Sanskrit: śivarāgra
A brahmin, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 52.
g.1176
sixty-four skills
Wylie: sgyu rtsal drug cu rtsa bzhi
Tibetan: སྒྱུ་རྩལ་དྲུག་ཅུ་རྩ་བཞི།
Sanskrit: catuḥṣaṣṭi­kalāvidhi
These include writing and mathematics, and also different sports, crafts, dancing, acting, and the playing of various instruments.
g.1177
skandha
Wylie: phung po
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: skandha
Literally “heaps” or “aggregates.” These are the five aggregates of forms, sensations, identifications, mental activities, and consciousnesses.
g.1178
Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri
Wylie: dran pa’i rgyal mtshan rgyal po
Tibetan: དྲན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: smṛti­ketu­rāja­śri
The eighty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. In the Tibetan, dpal (śri) has been merged into the following name, Dharmamati. BHS verse: Smṛti­ketu­rāja­śiri.
g.1179
Smṛtimat
Wylie: dran pa dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: smṛtimat
A deva in Trāyastriṃśa.
g.1180
Smṛti­samudra­mukha
Wylie: dran pa rgya mtsho’i sgo
Tibetan: དྲན་པ་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྒོ།
Sanskrit: smṛti­samudra­mukha
The fourteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1181
snipe
Wylie: ku na la
Tibetan: ཀུ་ན་ལ།
Sanskrit: kuṇāla
Specifically, the greater painted snipe (Rostrature benghalensis).
g.1182
Śobhanasāgara
Wylie: snying po bzang po
Tibetan: སྙིང་པོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śobhanasāgara
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1183
Somanandi
Wylie: zla ba dga’ bo
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: somanandi
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.1184
Somaśrī
Wylie: zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: somaśrī
“Moon Glory.” The name of a past kalpa. BHS verse: Somaśiri.
g.1185
Somaśriti
Wylie: zla ba’i dpal
Tibetan: ཟླ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: somaśriti
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.1186
son of the buddhas
Wylie: sangs rgyas sras po
Tibetan: སངས་རྒྱས་སྲས་པོ།
Sanskrit: buddhaputra
A synonym for bodhisattva.
g.1187
śoṣa
Wylie: skem pa
Tibetan: སྐེམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śoṣa
A demon believed to be responsible for tuberculosis.
g.1188
soul
Wylie: srog
Tibetan: སྲོག
Sanskrit: prāṇa
g.1189
sour gruel
Wylie: sran chen, sran chan
Tibetan: སྲན་ཆེན།, སྲན་ཆན།
Sanskrit: kulmāṣa
Kulmāṣa is a soup or broth in which the rice or other grains have fermented. The Tibetan sran chen just means “cooked pulses.”
g.1190
śramaṇa
Wylie: dge sbyong
Tibetan: དགེ་སྦྱོང་།
Sanskrit: śramaṇa
A renunciate who lives his life as a mendicant. In Buddhist contexts the term usually refers to a Buddhist monk, although it can also designate a renunciant practitioner from other spiritual traditions. The epithet Great Śramaṇa is often applied the Buddha.The common phrase “śramaṇas and brahmins” sometimes refers to Buddhist practitioners but can also mean any religious practitioners, the brahmins being the settled hereditary priestly caste following the ancient Vedic practices while the śramaṇas are the itinerant followers (often of kṣatriya caste) of the newer, non-Vedic spiritual trends.
g.1191
Śramaṇa­maṇḍala
Wylie: dge sbyong gi dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: དགེ་སྦྱོང་གི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: śramaṇa­maṇḍala
A land in South India.
g.1192
śrāvaka
Wylie: nyan thos
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས།
Sanskrit: śrāvaka
The Sanskrit term śrāvaka, and the Tibetan nyan thos, both derived from the verb “to hear,” are usually defined as “those who hear the teaching from the Buddha and make it heard to others.” Primarily this refers to those disciples of the Buddha who aspire to attain the state of an arhat seeking their own liberation and nirvāṇa. They are the practitioners of the first turning of the wheel of the Dharma on the four noble truths, who realize the suffering inherent in saṃsāra and focus on understanding that there is no independent self. By conquering afflicted mental states (kleśa), they liberate themselves, attaining first the stage of stream enterers at the path of seeing, followed by the stage of once-returners who will be reborn only one more time, and then the stage of non-returners who will no longer be reborn into the desire realm. The final goal is to become an arhat. These four stages are also known as the “four results of spiritual practice.”
g.1193
Śrāvakayāna
Wylie: nyan thos kyi theg pa
Tibetan: ཉན་ཐོས་ཀྱི་ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: śrāvakayāna
The way or vehicle of the śrāvaka.
g.1194
Śrāvastī
Wylie: mnyan du yod pa
Tibetan: མཉན་དུ་ཡོད་པ།
Sanskrit: śrāvastī
Śrāvastī (Pali: Sāvatthi) was the capital of the kingdom of Kosala in the Ganges plains to the west of Magadha and was incorporated into Magadha in the fourth century ʙᴄᴇ. The area is now the Awadh or Oudh region of Uttar Pradesh. The Buddha Śākyamuni spent twenty-four monsoon retreats there at Jetavana. Also translated as mnyan yod.
g.1195
Śreṣṭhamati
Wylie: blo gros dam pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: śreṣṭhamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1196
Śrībhadrā
Wylie: dpal bzang mo
Tibetan: དཔལ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: śrībhadrā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara; also an eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.1197
Śrīdevamati
Wylie: dpal gyi blo gros lha
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: śrīdevamati
The twenty-fourth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Śiridevamati.
g.1198
Śrīgarbha
Wylie: dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śrīgarbha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1199
Śrīgarbhavatī
Wylie: dpal gyi snying po dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: śrīgarbhavatī
A realm in the eastern direction.
g.1200
Śrīmati
Wylie: dpal gyi blo gros ma
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བློ་གྲོས་མ།
Sanskrit: śrīmati
A girl, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.
g.1201
Śrīprabhā
Wylie: dpal gyi ’od
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: śrīprabhā
An eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.1202
Śrīrāja
Wylie: dpal gyi bdag
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བདག
Sanskrit: śrīrāja
A buddha in the distant past. See n.­1413.
g.1203
Śrīsaṃbhava
Wylie: dpal ’byung
Tibetan: དཔལ་འབྱུང་།
Sanskrit: śrīsaṃbhava
A boy, one of the two kalyāṇamitras in Chapter 53.
g.1204
Śrīsamudra
Wylie: dpal gyi mtsho
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: śrīsamudra
A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Śirisa Mudra.
g.1205
Śrisamudra
Wylie: dpal gyi rgya mtsho
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: śrisamudra
A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Śirisamudra.
g.1206
Śrīsumeru
Wylie: ri rab dpal
Tibetan: རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: śrīsumeru
The third buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Śirisumeru.
g.1207
Śrītejas
Wylie: dpal gyi gzi brjid
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: śrītejas
A king in the distant past.
g.1208
śrīvatsa
Wylie: dpal gyi be’u
Tibetan: དཔལ་གྱི་བེའུ།
Sanskrit: śrīvatsa
Literally “the favorite of the glorious one” or (as translated into Tibetan) “the calf of the glorious one.” This is an auspicious mark that in Indian Buddhism was said to be formed from a curl of hair on the breast and was depicted in a shape that resembles the fleur-de-lis. In Tibet it is usually represented as an eternal knot. It is also one of the principal attributes of Viṣṇu.
g.1209
Śroṇāparānta
Wylie: shu ma phyi ma’i mtha’
Tibetan: ཤུ་མ་ཕྱི་མའི་མཐའ།
Sanskrit: śroṇāparānta
A region in South India.
g.1210
Stainless Light
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimalaprabhā
The name of a past kalpa.
g.1211
star-banner jewel
Wylie: skar ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: jyotirdhvaja
See “cat’s eye.”
g.1212
Sthāvarā
Wylie: brtan ma
Tibetan: བརྟན་མ།
Sanskrit: sthāvarā
An earth goddess at the bodhimaṇḍa.
g.1213
sthavira
Wylie: gnas brtan
Tibetan: གནས་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: sthavira
Literally “one who is stable” and usually translated as “elder,” a senior teacher in the early Buddhist communities. It also became the name of the Buddhist tradition within which the Theravāda developed.
g.1214
Sthirā
Wylie: brtan pa
Tibetan: བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: sthirā
A capital city in South India.
g.1215
strengths
Wylie: stobs
Tibetan: སྟོབས།
Sanskrit: bala
See “ten strengths.”
g.1216
Subāhu
Wylie: lag pa bzang po
Tibetan: ལག་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: subāhu
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1217
Subhadrā
Wylie: dge ba yod pa, dge ba bzang mo
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།, དགེ་བ་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: subhadrā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara (translated as dge ba yod pa). Also a daughter in Dhanyākara (translated as dge ba bzang mo).
g.1218
Subhaga
Wylie: grags pa bzang po
Tibetan: གྲགས་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: subhaga
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1219
Śubhakṛtsna
Wylie: dge rgyas
Tibetan: དགེ་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: śubhakṛtsna
The highest of the three paradises that correspond to the third dhyāna in the form realm.
g.1220
Śubhapāraṃgama
Wylie: dge ba’i pha rol tu phyin pa
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་ཕ་རོལ་ཏུ་ཕྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: śubhapāraṃgama
A town in South India.
g.1221
Śubhaprabha
Wylie: dge ba’i ’od
Tibetan: དགེ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: śubhaprabha
A kalpa in the distant past. The name means “Good Light.”
g.1222
Śubharatna
Wylie: rin po che bzang po
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: śubharatna
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1223
Subha­ratna­vicitra­kūṭa
Wylie: rin po che sna tshogs bzang po las brtsegs pa
Tibetan: རིན་པོ་ཆེ་སྣ་ཚོགས་བཟང་པོ་ལས་བརྩེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: subha­ratna­vicitra­kūṭa
A kūṭāgāra in another world in the distant past.
g.1224
Subhūti
Wylie: sa bzang po
Tibetan: ས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: subhūti
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1225
Subhūti
Wylie: rab ’byor
Tibetan: རབ་འབྱོར།
Sanskrit: subhūti
A foremost pupil of the Buddha, known for his wisdom.
g.1226
Subuddhi
Wylie: blo bzang po
Tibetan: བློ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: subuddhi
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1227
Sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī
Wylie: dga’ ba’i ’od kyi dpal shin tu sbyangs pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བའི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་སྦྱངས་པ།
Sanskrit: sucalita­rati­prabhāsa­śrī
The daughter of a courtesan in another world in the distant past, a previous life of Gopā. In verse she is called Saṃcālitā.
g.1228
Sucandra
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1229
Sucandra
Wylie: zla ba bzang po
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucandra
A householder, the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 50.
g.1230
Sucinti
Wylie: bsam pa bzang po
Tibetan: བསམ་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sucinti
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1231
Sudarśana
Wylie: lta na sdug pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་ན་སྡུག་པ།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 14.
g.1232
Sudarśanā
Wylie: lta na mdzes pa
Tibetan: ལྟ་ན་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: sudarśanā
A courtesan in another world in the distant past.
g.1233
Sudarśana
Wylie: shin tu mthong ba
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མཐོང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudarśana
The second highest of the Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.
g.1234
Sudatta
Wylie: bzang pos byin
Tibetan: བཟང་པོས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: sudatta
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.1235
Śuddhāvāsa
Wylie: gtsang ma’i ris, gnas gtsang ma
Tibetan: གཙང་མའི་རིས།, གནས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śuddhāvāsa
The five highest of the paradises that constitute the realm of form, which are above the paradises of the realm of desire in which our world is situated. Also translated as gtsang ris.
g.1236
Śuddhodana
Wylie: zas gtsang ma
Tibetan: ཟས་གཙང་མ།
Sanskrit: śuddhodana
The king who was the father of the Buddha Śākyamuni.
g.1237
Sudhana
Wylie: nor bzang, nor bzangs
Tibetan: ནོར་བཟང་།, ནོར་བཟངས།
Sanskrit: sudhana
The son of a prominent upāsaka, he is the main protagonist of the Gaṇḍavyūha Sūtra.
g.1238
Sudharma
Wylie: chos bzang
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཟང་།
Sanskrit: sudharma
The assembly hall of the devas on the summit of Mount Sumeru .
g.1239
Sudharma­megha­prabhā
Wylie: chos bzang sprin ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་བཟང་སྤྲིན་འོད།
Sanskrit: sudharma­megha­prabhā
The bodhimaṇḍa of the Buddha Sūrya­gātra­pravara in another world in the distant past, as given in verse. In prose it is called Dharma­meghodgata­prabhā.
g.1240
Sudharmatīrtha
Wylie: chos rab mu stegs
Tibetan: ཆོས་རབ་མུ་སྟེགས།
Sanskrit: sudharmatīrtha
A king in the distant past.
g.1241
Sudṛḍha­jñāna­raśmi­jāla­bimba­skandha
Wylie: ye shes rab tu brtan pa’i ’od gzer gyi dra ba’i gzugs kyi phung po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རབ་ཏུ་བརྟན་པའི་འོད་གཟེར་གྱི་དྲ་བའི་གཟུགས་ཀྱི་ཕུང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sudṛḍha­jñāna­raśmi­jāla­bimba­skandha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1242
Sudṛśa
Wylie: gya nom snang ba
Tibetan: གྱ་ནོམ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sudṛśa
The third highest of the five Śuddhāvāsa paradises, the highest paradises in the form realm.
g.1243
sugata
Wylie: bde bar gshegs pa
Tibetan: བདེ་བར་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugata
One of the standard epithets of the buddhas. A recurrent explanation offers three different meanings for su- that are meant to show the special qualities of “accomplishment of one’s own purpose” (svārthasampad) for a complete buddha. Thus, the Sugata is “well” gone, as in the expression su-rūpa (“having a good form”); he is gone “in a way that he shall not come back,” as in the expression su-naṣṭa-jvara (“a fever that has utterly gone”); and he has gone “without any remainder” as in the expression su-pūrṇa-ghaṭa (“a pot that is completely full”). According to Buddhaghoṣa, the term means that the way the Buddha went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su) and where he went (Skt. gata) is good (Skt. su).
g.1244
Sugātrā
Wylie: lus bzang mo
Tibetan: ལུས་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: sugātrā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.1245
Sugrīva
Wylie: mgul legs pa
Tibetan: མགུལ་ལེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: sugrīva
A mountain in South India.
g.1246
Suharṣita­prabheśvarā
Wylie: rab tu dga’ ba’i ’od la dbang ba
Tibetan: རབ་ཏུ་དགའ་བའི་འོད་ལ་དབང་བ།
Sanskrit: suharṣita­prabheśvarā
A queen in the distant past.
g.1247
Sukhābhirati
Wylie: bde zhing mngon dga’
Tibetan: བདེ་ཞིང་མངོན་དགའ།
Sanskrit: sukhābhirati
“Pleasure of Bliss.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1248
Sukhāvatī
Wylie: bde ba yod pa, bde ba can
Tibetan: བདེ་བ་ཡོད་པ།, བདེ་བ་ཅན།
Sanskrit: sukhāvatī
The realm of the Buddha Amitābha, also known as Amitāyus, which was first described in the Sukhāvatīvyūha Sūtra (Toh 115, The Display of the Pure Land of Sukhāvatī ).
g.1249
Sulabha
Wylie: shin tu mod pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་མོད་པ།
Sanskrit: sulabha
A hill in the town of Tosala in South India.
g.1250
Sulocanā
Wylie: mig bzang mo
Tibetan: མིག་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: sulocanā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara.
g.1251
Sumanāmukha
Wylie: yid bzang po’i sgo, yid bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་བཟང་པོའི་སྒོ།, ཡིད་བདེ་བ་མངོན་དུ་འགྱུར་བ།
Sanskrit: sumanāmukha
A town and region in South India in chapters 53 and 55. In chapter 53 it is translated as yid bzang po’i sgo, and in chapter 55 as yi bde ba mngon du ’gyur ba.
g.1252
Sumanas
Wylie: thugs bzang po
Tibetan: ཐུགས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sumanas
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1253
Sumati
Wylie: blo gros bzang po
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sumati
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara, also a son in Dhanyākara, also a previous life of the courtesan Vasumitrā, and also a king of the mahoragas.
g.1254
Sumeru
Wylie: ri rab
Tibetan: རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: sumeru
According to ancient Buddhist cosmology, this is the great mountain forming the axis of the universe. At its summit is Sudarśana, home of Śakra and his thirty-two gods, and on its flanks live the asuras. The mount has four sides facing the cardinal directions, each of which is made of a different precious stone. Surrounding it are several mountain ranges and the great ocean where the four principal island continents lie: in the south, Jambudvīpa (our world); in the west, Godānīya; in the north, Uttarakuru; and in the east, Pūrvavideha. Above it are the abodes of the desire realm gods. It is variously referred to as Meru, Mount Meru, Sumeru, and Mount Sumeru.
g.1255
Sumeru­dhvajāyatana­śānta­netra­śrī
Wylie: ri rab rgyal mtshan spyan yangs shing zhi ba’i dpal
Tibetan: རི་རབ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྤྱན་ཡངས་ཤིང་ཞི་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sumeru­dhvajāyatana­śānta­netra­śrī
A buddha in the past.
g.1256
Sumeruśrī
Wylie: ri rab dpal
Tibetan: རི་རབ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sumeruśrī
The sixteenth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Sumeruśirī.
g.1257
Sumukha
Wylie: sgo bzang po
Tibetan: སྒོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sumukha
A city in South India.
g.1258
Sumukhā
Wylie: sgo bzang po
Tibetan: སྒོ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sumukhā
A capital city in the distant past.
g.1259
Sunetrā
Wylie: mig mdzes
Tibetan: མིག་མཛེས།
Sanskrit: sunetrā
A mother-in-law of Śākyamuni, the mother of Gopā, one of Śākyamuni’s wives.
g.1260
Sunetra (the bodhisattva)
Wylie: bzang po’i myig, bzang po’i mig
Tibetan: བཟང་པོའི་མྱིག, བཟང་པོའི་མིག
Sanskrit: sunetra
A bodhisattva present with the Buddha at Śrāvastī in chapter 1.
g.1261
Sunetra (the buddha)
Wylie: spyan bzang po
Tibetan: སྤྱན་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sunetra
A buddha in the distant past listed in chapter 33; also the name of a future buddha of this kalpa listed in chapter 44.
g.1262
Sunetra (the head merchant’s son)
Wylie: mig bzang po
Tibetan: མིག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sunetra
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara mentioned in chapter 3.
g.1263
Sunetra (the rākṣasa)
Wylie: myig bzang
Tibetan: མྱིག་བཟང་།
Sanskrit: sunetra
A rākṣasa door guardian of the bodhisattva meeting hall in chapter 44.
g.1264
Sunirmita
Wylie: rab ’phrul dga’
Tibetan: རབ་འཕྲུལ་དགའ།
Sanskrit: sunirmita
The principal deity in the Nirmāṇarati paradise, the second highest paradise in the desire realm.
g.1265
Sunirmita­dhvaja­pradīpa
Wylie: sprul pa bzang po’i rgyal mtshan sgron ma
Tibetan: སྤྲུལ་པ་བཟང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: sunirmita­dhvaja­pradīpa
A realm in the distant past.
g.1266
sunstone
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: ādityagarbha
The name for this jewel, “essence of the sun” in both the Sanskrit and Tibetan, appears to be a synonym for sūryakānta (“sunstone”). In Tibetan, these orange gems are usually called me shel (“fire crystal”). They are oligoclase feldspar, exhibiting aventurescence in that they are filled with speckles that appear to emit light.
g.1267
Suparipūrṇa­jñāna­mukhaktra
Wylie: ye shes kyi zhal shin tu rgyas pa
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་ཞལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྒྱས་པ།
Sanskrit: suparipūrṇa­jñāna­mukhaktra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1268
Suprabha
Wylie: ’od bzang po
Tibetan: འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suprabha
“Excellent Light.” In chapter 41 it is the name of a kalpa in the distant past. Also in chapter 41 it is the name of a future kalpa with five hundred buddhas. In chapter 45 it is the name of another kalpa in the distant past.
g.1269
Suprabha
Wylie: ’od bzang po
Tibetan: འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suprabha
One of the eminent sons from Dhanyākara who in chapter 3 came with Sudhana to see Mañjuśrī.
g.1270
Suprabhā
Wylie: ’od bzang mo
Tibetan: འོད་བཟང་མོ།
Sanskrit: suprabhā
An upāsikā in Dhanyākara; also an eminent daughter in Dhanyākara.
g.1271
Suprabha
Wylie: ’od bzang po
Tibetan: འོད་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suprabha
In chapter 21 it is the name of a city in the south of India. It is also the name of a forest in another world in the distant past during the kalpa of that name. The name means “excellent light.”
g.1272
Suprabhasa
Wylie: ’od bzangs
Tibetan: འོད་བཟངས།
Sanskrit: suprabhasa
A ruler in South India.
g.1273
Supratiṣṭhā
Wylie: shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhā
The realm of the Buddha Siṃha .
g.1274
Supratiṣṭhita
Wylie: shin tu brtan pa
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་བརྟན་པ།
Sanskrit: supratiṣṭhita
A bhikṣu, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 6.
g.1275
Suprayāṇa
Wylie: legs par bzhud pa
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་བཞུད་པ།
Sanskrit: suprayāṇa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1276
Śūradhvaja
Wylie: dpa’ ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: དཔའ་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: śūradhvaja
The seventy-eighth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1277
Suraśmi
Wylie: ’od gzer bzang po
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suraśmi
“Excellent Light Rays.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1278
Suraśmi
Wylie: ’od gzer bzang po
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suraśmi
A prince in another world in the distant past. Also known as Suraśmiketu.
g.1279
Suraśmiketu
Wylie: ’od gzer bzang dpal
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་བཟང་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: suraśmiketu
A prince in another world in the distant past. Also known as Suraśmi.
g.1280
Surendrābhā
Wylie: lha dbang ’od
Tibetan: ལྷ་དབང་འོད།
Sanskrit: surendrābhā
The kalyāṇamitra of chapter 45, a goddess of the Trāyastriṃśa paradise.
g.1281
Surendrabodhi
Wylie: su ren+t+ra bo d+hi, su ren+d+ra bo d+hi
Tibetan: སུ་རེནྟྲ་བོ་དྷི།, སུ་རེནྡྲ་བོ་དྷི།
Sanskrit: surendrabodhi
Surendrabodhi came to Tibet during reign of King Ralpachen (ral pa can, r. 815–38 ᴄᴇ). He is listed as the translator of forty-three texts and was one of the small group of paṇḍitas responsible for the Mahāvyutpatti Sanskrit–Tibetan dictionary.
g.1282
Sūrya­dhvaja
Wylie: nyi ma’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: sūrya­dhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1283
Sūrya­garbha
Wylie: nyi ma’i snying po
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­garbha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1284
Sūrya­gātra­pravara
Wylie: sku nyi ma dam pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་ཉི་མ་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­gātra­pravara
A buddha in another world in the distant past.
g.1285
Sūrya­kesara­nirbhāsā
Wylie: nyi ma’i ’od gzer ltar snang ba
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་འོད་གཟེར་ལྟར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­kesara­nirbhāsā
A southwestern buddha realm.
g.1286
Sūrya­prabha
Wylie: nyi ma’i ’od
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: sūrya­prabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1287
Sūrya­prabha
Wylie: nyi ma’i mdog
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་མདོག
Sanskrit: sūrya­prabha
A park in Kaliṅgavana. Also the name of a park in another world in the distant past.
g.1288
Sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śrī
Wylie: nyi ma’i sgron ma dpal gyi dpal
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་སྒྲོན་མ་དཔལ་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śrī
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Sūrya­pradīpa­ketu­śiri.
g.1289
Suryatejas
Wylie: nyi ma’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: suryatejas
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Suriyatejā.
g.1290
Sūrya­vikrama­samanta­pratibhāsa
Wylie: nyi ma’i rnam par gnon pas kun tu snang ba
Tibetan: ཉི་མའི་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པས་ཀུན་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: sūrya­vikrama­samanta­pratibhāsa
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1291
Sūryodaya
Wylie: snying rje bzang po
Tibetan: སྙིང་རྗེ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: sūryodaya
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1292
Sūryottara­jñānin
Wylie: nyi ma dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: ཉི་མ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: sūryottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1293
Susaṃbhava
Wylie: legs par byung
Tibetan: ལེགས་པར་བྱུང་།
Sanskrit: susaṃbhava
“Well arisen.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1294
Susaṃbhava­vyūha
Wylie: legs byung rnam brgyan
Tibetan: ལེགས་བྱུང་རྣམ་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit: susaṃbhava­vyūha
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Susaṃbhava­viyūha .
g.1295
Suśīla
Wylie: tshul khrims bzang po
Tibetan: ཚུལ་ཁྲིམས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suśīla
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1296
Sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī
Wylie: gzi brjid kyi dkyil ’khor bzang pos dga’ ba’i dpal
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་བཟང་པོས་དགའ་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: sutejomaṇḍala­rati­śrī
The forest goddess of Lumbinī and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 42.
g.1297
Suvarṇaprabha
Wylie: kha dog bzang po’i ’od
Tibetan: ཁ་དོག་བཟང་པོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: suvarṇaprabha
The name of a māra in another world in the distant past.
g.1298
Suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala
Wylie: ’od kyi dkyil ’khor gser gyi me tog
Tibetan: འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གསེར་གྱི་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala
A park in another world in the distant past. The name as given in the prose. In verse it is called Svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava.
g.1299
Suvibhakta
Wylie: shin tu rnam par phye ba
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: suvibhakta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1300
Suvighuṣṭa­kīrti
Wylie: legs pa snyan grags
Tibetan: ལེགས་པ་སྙན་གྲགས།
Sanskrit: suvighuṣṭa­kīrti
A head merchant, the father of a previous life of Gopā.
g.1301
Suvikrāmin
Wylie: rnam par gnon pa bzang po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suvikrāmin
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1302
Suvilokita­jñāna­ketu
Wylie: shin tu rnam par gzigs pa’i ye shes dpal
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: suvilokita­jñāna­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1303
Suvilokita­netra
Wylie: shin tu rnam par lta ba’i myig
Tibetan: ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་ལྟ་བའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: suvilokita­netra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1304
Suviśākha
Wylie: sa ga bzang po
Tibetan: ས་ག་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suviśākha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1305
Suviśālābha
Wylie: ’od shin tu yangs pa
Tibetan: འོད་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པ།
Sanskrit: suviśālābha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1306
Suviśuddha­candrābhā
Wylie: zla ba shin tu rnam par dag pa’i ’od
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: suviśuddha­candrābhā
A goddess of the night in the distant past.
g.1307
Suviśuddha­jñāna­kusumāvabhāsa
Wylie: ye shes shin tu rnam par dag pa’i me tog snang ba
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཤིན་ཏུ་རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་མེ་ཏོག་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: suviśuddha­jñāna­kusumāvabhāsa
A buddha in the distant past
g.1308
Suvrata
Wylie: brtul zhugs bzang po
Tibetan: བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: suvrata
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1309
Suyāma
Wylie: rab mtshe ma
Tibetan: རབ་མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: suyāma
The principal deity in the Yāma paradise.
g.1310
Svācāra
Wylie: ngang tshul bzang po
Tibetan: ངང་ཚུལ་བཟང་པོ།
Sanskrit: svācāra
A head merchant’s son in Dhanyākara.
g.1311
Svarāṅgaśūra
Wylie: dbyangs kyi yan lag dpa’ bo
Tibetan: དབྱངས་ཀྱི་ཡན་ལག་དཔའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: svarāṅgaśūra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1312
Svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava
Wylie: gser mdog me tog
Tibetan: གསེར་མདོག་མེ་ཏོག
Sanskrit: svarṇa­puṣpa­prabhava
A park in another world in the distant past. The name as given in verse. In prose it is called Suvarṇa­puṣpābha­maṇḍala.
g.1313
Svaśarīra­prabha
Wylie: rang gi lus kyi ’od
Tibetan: རང་གི་ལུས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: svaśarīra­prabha
The forty-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1314
Tai Situpa
Wylie: ta’i si tu pa
Tibetan: ཏའི་སི་ཏུ་པ།
A Chinese title, meaning “Great Preceptor.” It was conferred by the Chinese emperor in 1407 on Chökyi Gyaltsen (chos kyi rgyal mtshan), a prominent Karma Kagyü lama. Following his death there have been recognitions of continuous rebirths up to the present time.
g.1315
Tāladhvaja
Wylie: ta la’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: ཏ་ལའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: tāladhvaja
A town in South India.
g.1316
Tāreśvararāja
Wylie: skar ma’i dbang phyug rgyal po
Tibetan: སྐར་མའི་དབང་ཕྱུག་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: tāreśvararāja
A buddha in an eastern realm.
g.1317
Tashi Wangchuk
Wylie: bkra shis dbang phyug
Tibetan: བཀྲ་ཤིས་དབང་ཕྱུག
An editor of the Degé version of the Gaṇḍa­vyūha.
g.1318
tathāgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata
A title of for a buddha. Gata, although literally meaning “gone,” is a past-passive participle used to describe a state or condition of existence. As buddhahood is indescribable it means “one who is thus.”
g.1319
Tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata
Wylie: de bzhin gshegs pa’i rgyud kyi gdung gis ’phags pa
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་རྒྱུད་ཀྱི་གདུང་གིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tathāgata­kula­gotrodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1320
Tathatāprabha
Wylie: de bzhin nyid ’od
Tibetan: དེ་བཞིན་ཉིད་འོད།
Sanskrit: tathatāprabha
The seventy-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1321
Tejaśrī
Wylie: gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: tejaśrī
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1322
Tejodhipati
Wylie: gzi brjid kyi dbang po
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་དབང་པོ།
Sanskrit: tejodhipati
A prince in another world in the distant past.
g.1323
Tejovat
Wylie: gzi brjid ldan
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tejovat
The ninety-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Tejavati.
g.1324
ten good actions
Wylie: dge ba bcu’i las
Tibetan: དགེ་བ་བཅུའི་ལས།
Sanskrit: daśa­kuśala­karma
Abstaining from killing, taking what is not given, sexual misconduct, lying, uttering divisive talk, speaking harsh words, gossiping, covetousness, ill will, and wrong views.
g.1325
ten strengths
Wylie: stobs bcu
Tibetan: སྟོབས་བཅུ།
Sanskrit: daśabala
The ten strengths of a tathāgata are (1) the knowledge of what is possible and not possible, (2) the knowledge of the ripening of karma, (3) the knowledge of the variety of aspirations, (4) the knowledge of the variety of natures, (5) the knowledge of the levels of capabilities, (6) the knowledge of the destinations of all paths, (7) the knowledge of dhyāna, liberation, samādhi, samāpatti, and so on, (8) the knowledge of remembering past lives, (9) the knowledge of deaths and rebirths, and (10) the knowledge of the cessation of defilements.
g.1326
Tenpa Tsering
Wylie: bstan pa tshe ring
Tibetan: བསྟན་པ་ཚེ་རིང་།
(1678–1738). King of Degé.
g.1327
The Confession of the Three Heaps
Wylie: phung po gsum pa’i bshags pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་གསུམ་པའི་བཤགས་པ།
Sanskrit: tri­skandha­deśana
“The three heaps” are the three sections of a confession practice of which the best known liturgy, probably the one referred to in the present text, is found in the Mahāyāna sūtra Determining the Vinaya: Upāli’s Questions (Toh 68, Vinaya­viniścayopāli­paripṛcchā), 1.­43–1.­52.
g.1328
The Illumination of the Field of Causes
Wylie: rgyu’i dkyil ’khor rab tu snang ba
Tibetan: རྒྱུའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: hetu­maṇḍala­prabhāsa
A sūtra taught in another world in the distant past.
g.1329
third-week embryo
Wylie: rdol pa
Tibetan: རྡོལ་པ།
Sanskrit: peśi
The Gaṇḍa­vyūha uses the same terminology as the Jain text Tandulaveyāliyua and differs from other sūtras. Other texts have nar nar. In the The Teaching to the Venerable Nanda on Dwelling in the Womb peśi is translated as ltar ltar.
g.1330
thoroughbred stallion
Wylie: rta cang shes
Tibetan: རྟ་ཅང་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: ājāneyāśva
The Sanskrit word ājāneya was primarily used for thoroughbred horses. The compound joins the term with aśva (“horse”). An etymology as “all-knowing” is the basis for the Tibetan translation. In other contexts it was also used as a term of respect, often paired with “great elephant” in a description of realized beings.
g.1331
three lower existences
Wylie: ngan song gsum
Tibetan: ངན་སོང་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: apāyatraya
The animal, preta, and hell realms.
g.1332
three realms
Wylie: khams gsum
Tibetan: ཁམས་གསུམ།
Sanskrit: traidhātuka
The three realms that contain all the various kinds of existence in saṃsāra: the desire realm, the form realm, and the formless realm.
g.1333
thunderbolt
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”
g.1334
tīrthika
Wylie: mu stegs ldan pa, mu stegs, mu stegs can
Tibetan: མུ་སྟེགས་ལྡན་པ།, མུ་སྟེགས།, མུ་སྟེགས་ཅན།
Sanskrit: tīrthya, tīrthika
A member of a religion, sect, or philosophical tradition that was a rival of or antagonistic to the Buddhist community in India. The term has its origins among the Jains.
g.1335
Tiṣya
Wylie: rgyal
Tibetan: རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: tiṣya
In chapter 29 the name of the sixth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1336
toraṇa
Wylie: rta babs
Tibetan: རྟ་བབས།
Sanskrit: toraṇa
A distinctive feature of ancient stūpa architecture, a famous example being those of the Sanchi Stūpa, it is a stone gateway in the surrounding railing or vedika, and usually positioned in the four directions. They evolved into the well-known freestanding torii of Japanese religious architecture.
g.1337
Tosala
Wylie: dga’ ba ’dzin pa
Tibetan: དགའ་བ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: tosala
A town in South India.
g.1338
Trāyastriṃśa
Wylie: sum cu rtsa gsum pa
Tibetan: སུམ་ཅུ་རྩ་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: trāyastriṃśa, tridaśaloka, tridaśa
The paradise of Śakra, also known as Indra, on the summit of Sumeru . The names means “Thirty-Three,” from the thirty-three principal deities that dwell there.
g.1339
Trinayana
Wylie: myig gsum pa
Tibetan: མྱིག་གསུམ་པ།
Sanskrit: trinayana
A land in the south of India.
g.1340
Trisong Detsen
Wylie: khri srong lde btsan
Tibetan: ཁྲི་སྲོང་ལྡེ་བཙན།
King of Tibet who reigned circa 742/55–798/804 ᴄᴇ.
g.1341
truths of the āryas
Wylie: ’phags pa’i bden pa
Tibetan: འཕགས་པའི་བདེན་པ།
Sanskrit: āryasatya
The four truths of āryas are the truths of suffering, the origin of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and the eightfold path to that cessation. They are called the truths of the āryas, as it is the āryas who have perceived them perfectly and without error.
g.1342
Tryadhva­jñāna­vidyut­pradīpā
Wylie: dus gsum gyi ye shes kyi glog gi sgron ma
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་གློག་གི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: tryadhva­jñāna­vidyut­pradīpā
“The Lamp of the Lightning of the Wisdom of the Three Times.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1343
Tryadhva­lakṣaṇa­pratibhāsa­tejas
Wylie: dus gsum gyi mtshan rab tu snang ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་གྱི་མཚན་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: tryadhva­lakṣaṇa­pratibhāsa­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1344
Tryadhva­prabha­ghoṣa
Wylie: dus gsum ’od dbyangs
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་འོད་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: tryadhva­prabha­ghoṣa
A buddha in the distant past. BHS: Triyadhva­prabha­ghoṣa.
g.1345
Tryadhva­pratibhāsa­maṇi­rāja­saṃbhavā
Wylie: dus gsum rab tu snang ba’i rin po che’i rgyal po yongs su ’byung ba’i dbyings
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་རབ་ཏུ་སྣང་བའི་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རྒྱལ་པོ་ཡོངས་སུ་འབྱུང་བའི་དབྱིངས།
Sanskrit: tryadhva­pratibhāsa­maṇi­rāja­saṃbhavā
A group of world realms in the eastern direction.
g.1346
Tryadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha
Wylie: dus gsum snang ba’i ’od
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་སྣང་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: tryadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha
The eightieth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS: Triyadhva­pratibhāsa­prabha.
g.1347
Tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi
Wylie: dus gsum snang ba’i blo
Tibetan: དུས་གསུམ་སྣང་བའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: tryadhvāvabhāsa­buddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1348
Tushun
Wylie: thu thu zhun
Tibetan: ཐུ་ཐུ་ཞུན།
Also written Dushun (557–640). The first patriarch of the Huayan School, which is based on the Avataṃsaka Sūtra.
g.1349
Tuṣita
Wylie: dga’ ldan
Tibetan: དགའ་ལྡན།
Sanskrit: tuṣita
The fourth (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The paradise from which buddhas descend to be born in this world.
g.1350
Udāradeva
Wylie: rlabs chen lha
Tibetan: རླབས་ཆེན་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: udāradeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1351
Udyataka
Wylie: gnod pa dang bral ba
Tibetan: གནོད་པ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: udyataka
An ocean mentioned here as the source of coconuts.
g.1352
Ulkādhāriṇ
Wylie: sgron ma ’dzin pa
Tibetan: སྒྲོན་མ་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: ulkādhāriṇ
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1353
Üpa Sangyé Bum
Wylie: dbus pa sangs rgyas ’bum
Tibetan: དབུས་པ་སངས་རྒྱས་འབུམ།
A scholar of Narthang (1270–1355) also known as Üpa Losal (dbus pa blo gsal). He was a student of Chomden Rikpai Raltri (bcom ldan rig pa'i ral gri) and worked on the gathering of translations and compiling of the contents of the earliest Kangyurs. Lotsawa Chokden (q.v.) was one of his students.
g.1354
Upacitaskandha
Wylie: phung po bstsags pa
Tibetan: ཕུང་པོ་བསྩགས་པ།
Sanskrit: upacitaskandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1355
upādhyāya
Wylie: mkhan po
Tibetan: མཁན་པོ།
Sanskrit: upādhyāya
In India, a person’s particular preceptor within the monastic tradition, guiding that person for the taking of full vows and the maintenance of conduct and practice. The Tibetan translation mkhan po has also come to mean “a learned scholar,” the equivalent of a paṇḍita, but that is not the intended meaning in the sūtras.
g.1356
Upananda
Wylie: bsnyen dga’ bo
Tibetan: བསྙེན་དགའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: upananda
One of the main nāga kings, usually associated with the nāga king Nanda.
g.1357
upāsaka
Wylie: dge bsnyen
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན།
Sanskrit: upāsaka
A male who has taken the layperson’s vows.
g.1358
Upaśamavat
Wylie: nye bar zhi ba mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཉེ་བར་ཞི་བ་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: upaśamavat
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1359
upāsikā
Wylie: dge bsnyen ma
Tibetan: དགེ་བསྙེན་མ།
Sanskrit: upāsikā
A female who has taken the layperson’s vows.
g.1360
uragasāra
Wylie: sbrul gyi snying po
Tibetan: སྦྲུལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: uragasāra
A variety of sandalwood. The name means “snake essence” because snakes were said to live in the forests of those trees because they were attracted to their scent.
g.1361
ūrṇā hair
Wylie: mdzod spu
Tibetan: མཛོད་སྤུ།
Sanskrit: ūrṇākośa
One of the thirty-two signs of a great being, it is a coiled white hair between the eyebrows. Literally, the Sanskrit ūrṇā means “wool hair,” and kośa means “treasure.”
g.1362
Ūrṇa­śrī­prabhāsa­mati
Wylie: mdzod spu’i dpal gyi ’od kyi blo gros
Tibetan: མཛོད་སྤུའི་དཔལ་གྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: ūrṇa­śrī­prabhāsa­mati
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1363
uṣṇīṣa
Wylie: gtsug tor
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར།
Sanskrit: uṣṇīṣa
One of the thirty-two signs of a great being. In its simplest form it is a pointed shape to the head (like a turban). More elaborately it is a dome-shaped protuberance, or even an invisible protuberance of infinite height.
g.1364
Uṣṇīṣa­kośa­sarva­dharma­prabhā­maṇḍala­megha
Wylie: gtsug tor gyi mdzod chos thams cad kyi ’od kyi dkyil ’khor gyi sprin
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར་གྱི་མཛོད་ཆོས་ཐམས་ཅད་ཀྱི་འོད་ཀྱི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: uṣṇīṣa­kośa­sarva­dharma­prabhā­maṇḍala­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1365
Uṣṇīṣa­śrī
Wylie: gtsug tor dpal
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཏོར་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: uṣṇīṣa­śrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1366
Utpala
Wylie: ut pa la
Tibetan: ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit: utpala
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1367
Utpalabhūti
Wylie: ut pa la
Tibetan: ཨུཏ་པ་ལ།
Sanskrit: utpalabhūti
A perfume-seller head merchant and the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 24.
g.1368
Utpalanetra
Wylie: ut+pa la’i myig
Tibetan: ཨུཏྤ་ལའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: utpalanetra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1369
Uttāpana­rāja­mati
Wylie: sbyong ba’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྦྱོང་བའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: uttāpana­rāja­mati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1370
Uttaptaśrī
Wylie: dpal shin tu ’bar ba
Tibetan: དཔལ་ཤིན་ཏུ་འབར་བ།
Sanskrit: uttaptaśrī
The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1371
Uttaradatta
Wylie: bla mas bon pa
Tibetan: བླ་མས་བོན་པ།
Sanskrit: uttaradatta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1372
Vacanaśrī
Wylie: nor gyi dpal
Tibetan: ནོར་གྱི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vacanaśrī
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1373
Vaidyarāja
Wylie: sman pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: སྨན་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vaidyarāja
The last of five hundred buddhas in a kalpa in the distant future.
g.1374
Vaidyottama
Wylie: sman pa’i dam pa
Tibetan: སྨན་པའི་དམ་པ།
Sanskrit: vaidyottama
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1375
Vaira
Wylie: dpa’ bo
Tibetan: དཔའ་བོ།
Sanskrit: vaira
A mariner who is the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 25.
g.1376
vairocana
Wylie: rnam par snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana
Unidentified jewel; this term can mean “solar” and therefore could possibly refer to the sunstone.
g.1377
Vairocana
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད།
Sanskrit: vairocana
“The Illuminator.” Used in this sūtra as an epithet for the Buddha Śākyamuni, who appears in millions of places simultaneously, or, one could say, the buddha who emanates millions of buddhas including Śākyamuni. This is also the name for the principal buddha in the Caryā and Yoga tantras. In this sūtra it is also the name of a buddha that Muktaka sees in a distant realm, and also the name of a buddha in the distant past that Āśā was a student of in a previous life. In chapter 29 the layman Veṣṭhila refers to Vairocana as the principal example of present buddhas, presumably referring to Śākyamuni.
g.1378
Vairocana­dhvaja
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: vairocana­dhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1379
Vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī
Wylie: rnam snang rgyal mtshan sgron ma’i dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་སྣང་རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྒྲོན་མའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī
A realm in the distant past. This is the name given in verse, while the prose has Vairocana­tejaḥśrī. BHS has Vairocana­tejaḥ­śirī .
g.1380
Vairocana­garbha
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­garbha
The name of a bodhisattva in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī, and also the name of a bodhisattva seen by Muktaka in the buddha realm of the Buddha Tāreśvararāja in the east.
g.1381
Vairocana­garbha
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­garbha
A palace in South India.
g.1382
Vairocanaketu
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocanaketu
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1383
vairocanakośa
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i mdzod
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་མཛོད།
Sanskrit: vairocanakośa
A magical tree. The name means “radiant treasure.”
g.1384
Vairocana­prabha­śrī
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad ’od dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་འོད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­prabha­śrī
The sixty-eighth buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Vairocana­prabha­śirī .
g.1385
Vairocana­prabha­vyūha
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad ’od kyi rgyan
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་འོད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: vairocana­prabha­vyūha
A buddha in the distant past. BHS verse: Vairocana­prabha­viyūha .
g.1386
Vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad kyi smon lam dpal gyi rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་སྨོན་ལམ་དཔལ་གྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja
A bodhisattva from a northwestern realm. Also known as Vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu.
g.1387
Vairocana­praṇidhāna­nābhi­raśmi­prabha
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i smon lam gyi gtsug gi ’od zer snang ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་གྱི་གཙུག་གི་འོད་ཟེར་སྣང་བ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­praṇidhāna­nābhi­raśmi­prabha
A bodhisattva from an eastern realm.
g.1388
Vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i smon lam ye shes dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་སྨོན་ལམ་ཡེ་ཤེས་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­praṇidhi­jñāna­ketu
A bodhisattva from a northwestern buddha realm. Also known as Vairocana­praṇidhāna­ketu­dhvaja.
g.1389
Vairocana­rakṣita
Wylie: bai ro tsa na rak+Shi ta
Tibetan: བཻ་རོ་ཙ་ན་རཀྵི་ཏ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­rakṣita
Eighth-century Tibetan master and translator, usually referred to simply as Vairocana or Bairotsana.
g.1390
Vairocana­ratna­padma­garbha­śrī­cūḍa
Wylie: rnam par snang ba rin chen pad mo dpal gyi gtsug phud snying po, rnam par snang ba rin chen pad+mo dpal gyi gtsug phud snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་རིན་ཆེན་པད་མོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཙུག་ཕུད་སྙིང་པོ།, རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་རིན་ཆེན་པདྨོ་དཔལ་གྱི་གཙུག་ཕུད་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­ratna­padma­garbha­śrī­cūḍa
A cakravartin king in the distant past.
g.1391
Vairocana­śrī
Wylie: rnam par snang ba’i dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­śrī
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1392
Vairocana­śrī­garbha
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­śrī­garbha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1393
Vairocana­śrī­garbha­rāja
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi snying po’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­śrī­garbha­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1394
Vairocana­śrī­praṇidhi­garbhā
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad kyi snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­śrī­praṇidhi­garbhā
A buddha realm in the northwestern direction. See n.­107.
g.1395
Vairocana­śrī­sumeru
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi ri rab
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་རི་རབ།
Sanskrit: *vairocana­śrī­sumeru
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa. Not present in available Sanskrit editions.
g.1396
Vairocana­śrī­tejorāja
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad dpal gyi gzi brjid rgyal po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་དཔལ་གྱི་གཟི་བརྗིད་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­śrī­tejorāja
A buddha in an eastern realm.
g.1397
Vairocana­tejaḥśrī
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad gzi brjid dpal
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་གཟི་བརྗིད་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­tejaḥśrī
A realm in the distant past. In verse it is called Vairocana­dhvaja­pradīpa­śrī. Also called Vairocana­śrī in Sanskrit and rnam par snang ba (Vairocana) in Tibetan.
g.1398
Vairocana­vyūhālaṃkāra­garbha
Wylie: rnam par snang mdzad kyi rgyan gyis brgyan pa’i snying po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་མཛད་ཀྱི་རྒྱན་གྱིས་བརྒྱན་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vairocana­vyūhālaṃkāra­garbha
A kūṭāgāra in South India in which Maitreya resides.
g.1399
Vairocanottara­jñānin
Wylie: rnam par snang ba dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སྣང་བ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vairocanottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1400
Vaiśāradya­vajra­nārāyaṇa­siṃha
Wylie: mi bsnyengs pa’i rdo rje seng ge mthu bo che
Tibetan: མི་བསྙེངས་པའི་རྡོ་རྗེ་སེང་གེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེ།
Sanskrit: vaiśāradya­vajra­nārāyaṇa­siṃha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1401
Vaiśravaṇa
Wylie: ngal bso po
Tibetan: ངལ་བསོ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vaiśravaṇa
As one of the Four Mahārājas, he is the lord of the northern region of the world and the northern continent, though in early Buddhism he is the lord of the far north of India and beyond. He is also the lord of the yakṣas and a lord of wealth. Translated in other sūtras as rnam thos kyi bu and mchog gi gzugs.
g.1402
vajra
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
The word vajra refers to the “thunderbolt,” the indestructible and irresistible weapon that first appears in Indian literature in the hand of the Vedic deity Indra. The word vajra is also used for “diamond.”
g.1403
Vajra
Wylie: rdo rje
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1404
Vajrābha
Wylie: ’od snang rdo rje
Tibetan: འོད་སྣང་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajrābha
A buddha.
g.1405
Vajragiri
Wylie: rdo rje ri bo
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: vajragiri
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1406
Vajra­jñāna­parvata
Wylie: ye shes rdo rje’i ri bo
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རྡོ་རྗེའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: vajra­jñāna­parvata
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1407
Vajra­maṇi­vicitra
Wylie: rdo rje rin po ches rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རིན་པོ་ཆེས་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: vajra­maṇi­vicitra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1408
Vajra­māṇyabhedyadṛḍha­tejas
Wylie: rdo rje’i rang bzhin mi phyed gzi brjid brtan
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་རང་བཞིན་མི་ཕྱེད་གཟི་བརྗིད་བརྟན།
Sanskrit: vajra­māṇyabhedyadṛḍha­tejas
A realm in the distant past.
g.1409
Vajramati
Wylie: rdo rje blo gros
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: vajramati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1410
Vajranābhi
Wylie: rdo rje’i gtsug, rdo rje’i gtsugs
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཙུག, རྡོ་རྗེའི་གཙུགས།
Sanskrit: vajranābhi
The names of two buddhas in the past: one not long before Dīpaṅkara and another in the far distant past. BHS verse: Vajiranābhi.
g.1411
Vajra­nārāyaṇa­ketu
Wylie: rdo rje mthu bo che’i dpal
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་མཐུ་བོ་ཆེའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vajra­nārāyaṇa­ketu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1412
Vajranetra
Wylie: rdo rje’i myig
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: vajranetra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1413
Vajra­pada­vikrāmin
Wylie: rdo rje’i gom pas rnam par gnon pa
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་གོམ་པས་རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པ།
Sanskrit: vajra­pada­vikrāmin
A bodhisattva in a northern realm.
g.1414
vajrapāṇi
Wylie: lag na rdo rje
Tibetan: ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajrapāṇi
These vajra wielders are like the Vajrapāṇi who was the yakṣa that acted as the Buddha’s bodyguard. In the Mantrayāna there appeared the bodhisattva named Vajrapāṇi .
g.1415
Vajrapāṇi
Wylie: lag na rdo rje
Tibetan: ལག་ན་རྡོ་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: vajrapāṇi
In the sūtra tradition, Vajrapāṇi was a yakṣa who acted as the Buddha Śākyamuni’s bodyguard. Also identified as being a manifestation of Śakra and could appear as a number of vajrapāṇis to guard the Buddha. With the advent of the Mantrayāna he is a bodhisattva. Also a euphemism for Indra or a group of vajra-wielding deities in Indra’s realm.
g.1416
Vajraprabha
Wylie: rdo rje’i ’od
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vajraprabha
The fifty-fourth buddha in the distant past. See n.­1496.
g.1417
Vajra­pramardana
Wylie: rdo rje rab tu ’dul ba
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རབ་ཏུ་འདུལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vajra­pramardana
A buddha in a northern realm.
g.1418
Vajrapura
Wylie: rdo rje’i grong khyer
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེའི་གྲོང་ཁྱེར།
Sanskrit: vajrapura
A town in the Draviḍa region in South India.
g.1419
Vajra­ratna­giri­tejas
Wylie: rdo rje rin po che’i ri’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རིན་པོ་ཆེའི་རིའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: vajra­ratna­giri­tejas
“The Magnificence of a Mountain of Precious Diamonds.” The precious elephant of a cakravartin in the past.
g.1420
Vajra­sāgara­dhvaja­megha
Wylie: rdo rje ltar brtan pa’i rgyal mtshan rgya mtsho’i sprin
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་ལྟར་བརྟན་པའི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་རྒྱ་མཚོའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: vajra­sāgara­dhvaja­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1421
Vajra­sāgara­garbhā
Wylie: rdo rje rgyal mtshan gyi snying po
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vajra­sāgara­garbhā
A buddha realm in the southern direction.
g.1422
Vajrāsana
Wylie: rdo rje gdan pa
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་གདན་པ།
Sanskrit: vajrāsana
This is Amoghavajra, Vajrāsana the younger (eleventh century), who was the successor of Vajrāsana the elder. They were both the abbots of the Vajrāsana Monastery in what is now Bodhgaya. His teachings are important in the Sakya tradition.
g.1423
Vajrāśaya­giri­śrī
Wylie: dgongs pa rdo rje ri bo dpal
Tibetan: དགོངས་པ་རྡོ་རྗེ་རི་བོ་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: vajrāśaya­giri­śrī
The eighty-second buddha in a kalpa in the distant past. BHS verse: Vajrāśaya­giri­śirī.
g.1424
Vajraśuddha
Wylie: rdo rje dag pa
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: vajraśuddha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1425
Vajrottara­jñānin
Wylie: rdo rje dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: རྡོ་རྗེ་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vajrottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1426
Vākyaccheda
Wylie: tshig gcod pa
Tibetan: ཚིག་གཅོད་པ།
Sanskrit: vākyaccheda
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1427
Vākyanuda
Wylie: gsung sgrog pa
Tibetan: གསུང་སྒྲོག་པ།
Sanskrit: vākyanuda
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1428
Vanavāsī
Wylie: nags tshal na gnas pa
Tibetan: ནགས་ཚལ་ན་གནས་པ།
Sanskrit: vanavāsī
A region in South India.
g.1429
Vara­lakṣaṇa­śrī
Wylie: dam pa’i mtshan gyi dpal gyur
Tibetan: དམ་པའི་མཚན་གྱི་དཔལ་གྱུར།
Sanskrit: vara­lakṣaṇa­śrī
The forty-fourth buddha in a realm in the distant past, also one of countless buddhas in another past kalpa. BHS verse: Vara­lakṣaṇa­śiri.
g.1430
Vartanaka
Wylie: ’tsho ba
Tibetan: འཚོ་བ།
Sanskrit: vartanaka
A town in Magadha.
g.1431
Varuṇa
Wylie: chu’i lha, chu yi lha
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ལྷ།, ཆུ་ཡི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: varuṇa
The name of the deity of water, whose weapon is a noose. In the Vedas, Varuṇa is an important deity and in particular the deity of the sky, but in later Indian tradition he is the deity of the water and the underworld. The Tibetan does not attempt to translate his name but instead has “god of water.” The Sanskrit name has ancient pre-Sanskrit origins, and, as he was originally the god of the sky, is related to the root vṛ, meaning “enveloping” or “covering.” He has the same ancient origins as the ancient Greek sky deity Uranus and the Zoroastrian supreme deity Mazda.
g.1432
Varuṇadeva
Wylie: chu bo’i lha
Tibetan: ཆུ་བོའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: varuṇadeva
A buddha in the past.
g.1433
Varuṇākṣa
Wylie: chu’i lha’i spyan
Tibetan: ཆུའི་ལྷའི་སྤྱན།
Sanskrit: varuṇākṣa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1434
Varuṇaśrī
Wylie: chu’i dpal
Tibetan: ཆུའི་དཔལ།
Sanskrit: varuṇaśrī
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1435
Vāsantī
Wylie: dpyid dang ldan pa
Tibetan: དཔྱིད་དང་ལྡན་པ།
Sanskrit: vāsantī
A night goddess.
g.1436
Vaśavartin
Wylie: dbang bsgyur, dbang sgyur
Tibetan: དབང་བསྒྱུར།, དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
The principal deity in the Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin paradise. It is the highest paradise in the desire realm.
g.1437
Vaśavartin
Wylie: dbang sgyur
Tibetan: དབང་སྒྱུར།
Sanskrit: vaśavartin
“Mastery.” The highest paradise in the desire realm, so named because the inhabitants have power over the emanations of others. Also called Para­nirmita­vaśa­vartin.
g.1438
Vaśa­vartiyajñayaśayaṣṭi­mati
Wylie: dbang sgyur mchod sbyin grags pa’i mchod sdong blo
Tibetan: དབང་སྒྱུར་མཆོད་སྦྱིན་གྲགས་པའི་མཆོད་སྡོང་བློ།
Sanskrit: vaśa­vartiyajñayaśayaṣṭi­mati
The hundred-and-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1439
Vaśībhūta
Wylie: dbang du gyur pa
Tibetan: དབང་དུ་གྱུར་པ།
Sanskrit: vaśībhūta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1440
Vasudatta
Wylie: lhas byin
Tibetan: ལྷས་བྱིན།
Sanskrit: vasudatta
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.1441
Vāsudeva
Wylie: lha’i dbyig
Tibetan: ལྷའི་དབྱིག
Sanskrit: vāsudeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1442
Vasumitrā
Wylie: lha’i bshes gnyen
Tibetan: ལྷའི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: vasumitrā
An courtesan in Ratnavyūha.
g.1443
Vegadhārin
Wylie: shugs drag ’dzin pa
Tibetan: ཤུགས་དྲག་འཛིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vegadhārin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1444
Vega­prabha­śamatha­ghoṣa
Wylie: shugs ’od zhi gnas dbyangs kyi rgyal
Tibetan: ཤུགས་འོད་ཞི་གནས་དབྱངས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ།
Sanskrit: vega­prabha­śamatha­ghoṣa
The ninety-sixth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1445
Vegarājamati
Wylie: shugs kyi rgyal blo
Tibetan: ཤུགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་བློ།
Sanskrit: vegarājamati
The twenty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1446
Veśadhārin
Wylie: shugs mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཤུགས་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: veśadhārin
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1447
Veṣṭhila
Wylie: nan khugs
Tibetan: ནན་ཁུགས།
Sanskrit: veṣṭhila
A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 29.
g.1448
vetāla
Wylie: ro langs
Tibetan: རོ་ལངས།
Sanskrit: vetāla
A spirit that in particular haunts charnel grounds and can be used in sorcery to harm others. It can also possess and animate a corpse at will (which will then cease to deteriorate).
g.1449
Vetramūlaka
Wylie: sba’i rtsa ba
Tibetan: སྦའི་རྩ་བ།
Sanskrit: vetramūlaka
A land in the south of India.
g.1450
Vibhaktāṅga
Wylie: yan lag rnam par phye ba
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: vibhaktāṅga
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1451
Vibhavagandha
Wylie: dri zhim po’i longs spyod
Tibetan: དྲི་ཞིམ་པོའི་ལོངས་སྤྱོད།
Sanskrit: vibhavagandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1452
Vibhāvana­gandha
Wylie: dri zhim po rnam par phye ba
Tibetan: དྲི་ཞིམ་པོ་རྣམ་པར་ཕྱེ་བ།
Sanskrit: vibhāvana­gandha
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1453
Vibhāvitamati
Wylie: blo gros rnam par bsgoms pa
Tibetan: བློ་གྲོས་རྣམ་པར་བསྒོམས་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhāvitamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1454
Vibhudatta
Wylie: kun khyab sbyin
Tibetan: ཀུན་ཁྱབ་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: vibhudatta
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.1455
Vibhūṣita
Wylie: rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhūṣita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1456
Vibhūṣitāṅga
Wylie: yan lag rnam par brgyan pa
Tibetan: ཡན་ལག་རྣམ་པར་བརྒྱན་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhūṣitāṅga
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1457
Vibhūtabhūta
Wylie: longs spyod tshogs pa
Tibetan: ལོངས་སྤྱོད་ཚོགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhūtabhūta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1458
Vibhūtapati
Wylie: longs spyod ’thun pa
Tibetan: ལོངས་སྤྱོད་འཐུན་པ།
Sanskrit: vibhūtapati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1459
Vibhūti
Wylie: phun sum sna tshogs
Tibetan: ཕུན་སུམ་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: vibhūti
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1460
Vibuddha­jñāna­bodhi­dhvaja­tejas
Wylie: byang chub rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i ye shes gzi brjid
Tibetan: བྱང་ཆུབ་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: vibuddha­jñāna­bodhi­dhvaja­tejas
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1461
Vibuddhi
Wylie: thugs rnam par sangs rgyas
Tibetan: ཐུགས་རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས།
Sanskrit: vibuddhi
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1462
Vicitra­bhūta
Wylie: gtsug phud rnam par mdzes pa
Tibetan: གཙུག་ཕུད་རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vicitra­bhūta
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1463
Vicitra­dhvaja
Wylie: rgyal mtshan sna tshogs
Tibetan: རྒྱལ་མཚན་སྣ་ཚོགས།
Sanskrit: vicitra­dhvaja
An aerial palace in Samanta­vyūha Park, also a forest of ashoka trees on the eastern edge of the town of Nandihāra, also a capital city in the distant past, as well as a four-continent world in the distant past.
g.1464
Vicitra­gātra
Wylie: sku rnam par mdzes pa
Tibetan: སྐུ་རྣམ་པར་མཛེས་པ།
Sanskrit: vicitra­gātra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1465
Vicitra­raśmi­jvalana­candra
Wylie: ’od gzer sna tshogs ’bar ba’i zla ba
Tibetan: འོད་གཟེར་སྣ་ཚོགས་འབར་བའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: vicitra­raśmi­jvalana­candra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1466
Vicitra­sāla­dhvaja­vyūha
Wylie: sA la sna tshogs kyi rgyal mtshan gyi rgyan
Tibetan: སཱ་ལ་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་རྒྱལ་མཚན་གྱི་རྒྱན།
Sanskrit: vicitra­sāra­dhvaja­vyūha
A forest to the east of Dhanyākara. The Sanskrit vicitrasāra means “various essences.” The Tibetan appears to preserve a version that read vicitrasāla, which means “various sal trees.” See n.­288.
g.1467
Vicitra­vyūha­prabhā
Wylie: rgyan sna tshogs kyi ’od
Tibetan: རྒྱན་སྣ་ཚོགས་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vicitra­vyūha­prabhā
A four-continent world in the distant past.
g.1468
Vidvān
Wylie: mkhas pa
Tibetan: མཁས་པ།
Sanskrit: vidvān
A householder, the kalyāṇamitra of chapter 17.
g.1469
Vidyuddatta
Wylie: glog gi byin pa
Tibetan: གློག་གི་བྱིན་པ།
Sanskrit: vidyuddatta
A king in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1470
Vighuṣṭakīrti
Wylie: snyan pa rnam par grags pa
Tibetan: སྙན་པ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vighuṣṭakīrti
A head merchant in the distant past.
g.1471
Vighuṣṭaśabda
Wylie: sgra rnam par grags pa
Tibetan: སྒྲ་རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: vighuṣṭaśabda
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1472
vihāra
Wylie: gtsug lag khang
Tibetan: གཙུག་ལག་ཁང་།
Sanskrit: vihāra
Either a temple or monastery. In Buddhism it was originally a residence used during the monsoon for the otherwise wandering bhikṣus.
g.1473
Vijitāvin
Wylie: rnam par rgyal ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་རྒྱལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vijitāvin
A prince in another world in the distant past.
g.1474
Vikrānta­deva­gati
Wylie: rnam par gnon pa’i lha stabs
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གནོན་པའི་ལྷ་སྟབས།
Sanskrit: vikrānta­deva­gati
The twenty-ninth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1475
Vikurvita­prabha
Wylie: rnam par ’phrul pa’i ’od
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་འཕྲུལ་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vikurvita­prabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1476
Vimala
Wylie: dri ma med pa
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimala
The past buddha the preceded Dīpaṅkara in our world.
g.1477
Vimala­bāhu
Wylie: dri ma myed pa
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimala­bāhu
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1478
Vimalābha
Wylie: mdog dri ma med pa’i ’od
Tibetan: མདོག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimalābha
“Stainless Light of Color.” The name of a kalpa in the past.
g.1479
Vimala­buddhi
Wylie: dri ma myed pa’i blo
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: vimala­buddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1480
Vimala­dharma­parvata­jñāna­śikha­rābha
Wylie: chos dri ma med pa’i ri bo ye shes kyi rtse mo’i ’od
Tibetan: ཆོས་དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་རི་བོ་ཡེ་ཤེས་ཀྱི་རྩེ་མོའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimala­dharma­parvata­jñāna­śikha­rābha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1481
Vimala­dhvaja
Wylie: dri myed rgyal mtshan, rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa
Tibetan: དྲི་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།, རྒྱལ་མཚན་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimala­dhvaja
In chapter 1 it is the name of one of the bodhisattvas in the presence of the Buddha at Śrāvastī (translated as dri myed rgyal mtshan). In chapter 44 it is the name of a bodhisattva in another world in the distant past (translated as rgyal mtshan dri ma med pa).
g.1482
vimalagarbha
Wylie: dri ma med pa’i snying po
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པའི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: vimalagarbha
Unidentified jewel, literally “stainless essence.” Possibly moonstone.
g.1483
Vimala­netra
Wylie: dri ma myed pa’i myig, mig dri ma med pa
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་མྱིག, མིག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimala­netra
In chapter 1, dri ma myed pa’i myig is the name of a bodhisattva present with the Buddha Śākyamuni in Śrāvastī; in chapter 43, mig dri ma med pa is the name of the precious minister of a cakravartin.
g.1484
Vimala­prabha
Wylie: dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimala­prabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1485
Vimala­saṃbhava­prabhā
Wylie: dri ma med pa skyed pa’i ’od
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་སྐྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimala­saṃbhava­prabhā
A queen’s nurse in another world in the distant past.
g.1486
Vimala­śrī­megha
Wylie: ye shes dri ma med pa phun sum tshogs pa’i sprin
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ་ཕུན་སུམ་ཚོགས་པའི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: vimala­śrī­megha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1487
Vimala­tejaḥ­prabha
Wylie: gzi brjid dri ma myed pa’i ’od
Tibetan: གཟི་བརྗིད་དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vimala­tejaḥ­prabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1488
Vimala­tejas
Wylie: dri ma myed pa’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: vimala­tejas
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1489
Vimala­vakrabhānu­prabha
Wylie: nyi ma ltar bzhin mdog dri ma med pa
Tibetan: ཉི་མ་ལྟར་བཞིན་མདོག་དྲི་མ་མེད་པ།
Sanskrit: vimala­vakrabhānu­prabha
A cakravartin king in another world in the distant past.
g.1490
Vimala­vatsa
Wylie: dri ma myed pa’i sras
Tibetan: དྲི་མ་མྱེད་པའི་སྲས།
Sanskrit: vimala­vatsa
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1491
Vimalottara­jñānin
Wylie: dri myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: དྲི་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: vimalottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva.
g.1492
Vimativikiraṇa
Wylie: yid gnyis rnam par sel ba
Tibetan: ཡིད་གཉིས་རྣམ་པར་སེལ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimativikiraṇa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1493
Vimokṣacandra
Wylie: rnam par thar pa’i zla ba
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་ཐར་པའི་ཟླ་བ།
Sanskrit: vimokṣacandra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1494
Vimuktighoṣa
Wylie: rnam par grol ba’i dbyangs
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲོལ་བའི་དབྱངས།
Sanskrit: vimuktighoṣa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1495
Vinarditarāja
Wylie: rnam par bsgrags pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་བསྒྲགས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vinarditarāja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1496
vipaśyanā
Wylie: lhag mthong
Tibetan: ལྷག་མཐོང་།
Sanskrit: vipaśyanā
Insight meditation.
g.1497
Vipaśyin
Wylie: rnam par gzigs
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གཟིགས།
Sanskrit: vipaśyin
In early Buddhism the first of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha.
g.1498
Vipulabuddhi
Wylie: rgya chen blo
Tibetan: རྒྱ་ཆེན་བློ།
Sanskrit: vipulabuddhi
The forty-first buddha in a kalpa in the distant past, and also the eighty-eighth buddha in another kalpa in the distant past.
g.1499
Vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas
Wylie: chos rgya chen po la mos pa yang dag par ’byung ba’i gzi brjid
Tibetan: ཆོས་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་ལ་མོས་པ་ཡང་དག་པར་འབྱུང་བའི་གཟི་བརྗིད།
Sanskrit: vipula­dharmādhimukti­saṃbhava­tejas
A buddha in the distant past; the name as given in the prose passages. In verse he is called Adhimuktitejas.
g.1500
Vipula­guṇa­jyotiḥprabha
Wylie: yon tan rgya chen po gzi brjid kyi ’od
Tibetan: ཡོན་ཏན་རྒྱ་ཆེན་པོ་གཟི་བརྗིད་ཀྱི་འོད།
Sanskrit: vipula­guṇa­jyotiḥprabha
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1501
Vipulakīrti
Wylie: grags yangs
Tibetan: གྲགས་ཡངས།
Sanskrit: vipulakīrti
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1502
Vipula­mahā­jñāna­raśmi­rāja
Wylie: ye shes chen po’i ’od gzer shin tu yangs pa’i rgyal po
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་ཆེན་པོའི་འོད་གཟེར་ཤིན་ཏུ་ཡངས་པའི་རྒྱལ་པོ།
Sanskrit: vipula­mahā­jñāna­raśmi­rāja
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1503
Viraja
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: viraja
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1504
Virajadhvaja
Wylie: rdul myed rgyal mtshan
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མྱེད་རྒྱལ་མཚན།
Sanskrit: virajadhvaja
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1505
Virajaprabha
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba’i ’od
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་འོད།
Sanskrit: virajaprabha
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1506
Virajomaṇḍala
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba’i dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: virajomaṇḍala
“Domain Free of Dust.” The name of a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1507
Virajottara­jñānin
Wylie: rdul myed dam pa’i ye shes
Tibetan: རྡུལ་མྱེད་དམ་པའི་ཡེ་ཤེས།
Sanskrit: virajottara­jñānin
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1508
Virajovatī
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བ།
Sanskrit: virajovatī
A four-continent world realm.
g.1509
Virajovatī­śrī­garbhā
Wylie: rdul dang bral ba’i dpal gyi snying po
Tibetan: རྡུལ་དང་བྲལ་བའི་དཔལ་གྱི་སྙིང་པོ།
Sanskrit: virajovatī­śrī­garbhā
“The Essence of the Splendor That Is Free of Dust.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1510
Virūḍhaka
Wylie: ’phags skyes po
Tibetan: འཕགས་སྐྱེས་པོ།
Sanskrit: virūḍhaka
One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the southern direction and the lord of the kumbhāṇḍas.
g.1511
Virūpākṣa
Wylie: mig mi bzang
Tibetan: མིག་མི་བཟང་།
Sanskrit: virūpākṣa
One of the Four Mahārājas, he is the guardian of the western direction and traditionally the lord of the nāgas.
g.1512
Viśākhadeva
Wylie: sa ga’i lha
Tibetan: ས་གའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: viśākhadeva
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1513
Viśālabuddhi
Wylie: yangs pa’i blo
Tibetan: ཡངས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: viśālabuddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1514
Viśeṣodgata
Wylie: khyad par gyis ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཁྱད་པར་གྱིས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: viśeṣodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1515
Viśiṣṭa
Wylie: rnam par grags pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: viśiṣṭa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1516
Viśiṣṭacandra
Wylie: zla ba rnam par ’phags pa
Tibetan: ཟླ་བ་རྣམ་པར་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: viśiṣṭacandra
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1517
Viśuddhabuddhi
Wylie: rnam par sangs rgyas pa’i blo
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་སངས་རྒྱས་པའི་བློ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhabuddhi
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1518
Viśuddhacārin
Wylie: rnam dag spyod pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་དག་སྤྱོད་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhacārin
A bhikṣu who was a pupil of Śāriputra.
g.1519
Viśuddhamati
Wylie: rnam dag blo gros
Tibetan: རྣམ་དག་བློ་གྲོས།
Sanskrit: viśuddhamati
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1520
Viśuddhanandin
Wylie: rnam par dag pas dgyes pa
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དག་པས་དགྱེས་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddhanandin
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1521
Viśuddhanetra
Wylie: rnam par dag pa’i myig
Tibetan: རྣམ་པར་དག་པའི་མྱིག
Sanskrit: viśuddhanetra
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1522
Viśuddha­netrābhā
Wylie: mig rnam par dag pa
Tibetan: མིག་རྣམ་པར་དག་པ།
Sanskrit: viśuddha­netrābhā
A night goddess in the distant past.
g.1523
Viśvabhuk
Wylie: thams cad mnga’ ba
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་མངའ་བ།
Sanskrit: viśvabhuk
In early Buddhism the third of seven buddhas, with Śākyamuni as the seventh. The first three buddhas‍—Vipaśyin, Śikhin, and Viśvabhuk‍—appeared in a kalpa earlier than our Bhadra kalpa, and therefore Śākyamuni is more commonly referred to as the fourth buddha.
g.1524
Viśvāmitra
Wylie: kun gyi bshes gnyen
Tibetan: ཀུན་གྱི་བཤེས་གཉེན།
Sanskrit: viśvāmitra
In chapter 44 it is the name of one of the future buddhas of this kalpa. It is also the name of the kalyāṇamitra in chapter 46, the teacher of children.
g.1525
Viśvavarṇa
Wylie: thams cad kha dog
Tibetan: ཐམས་ཅད་ཁ་དོག
Sanskrit: viśvavarṇa
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1526
Vitimira­jñāna­tathāgata­pradīpā
Wylie: ye shes rab rib med pa de bzhin gshegs pa’i sgron ma
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་རབ་རིབ་མེད་པ་དེ་བཞིན་གཤེགས་པའི་སྒྲོན་མ།
Sanskrit: vitimira­jñāna­tathāgata­pradīpā
“The Tathāgata Lamp of Unclouded Wisdom.” The name of a ray of light.
g.1527
Vratamaṇḍala
Wylie: brtul zhugs dkyil ’khor
Tibetan: བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་དཀྱིལ་འཁོར།
Sanskrit: vratamaṇḍala
The forty-fifth buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1528
Vratasamudra
Wylie: brtul zhugs rgya mtsho
Tibetan: བརྟུལ་ཞུགས་རྒྱ་མཚོ།
Sanskrit: vratasamudra
A buddha in the distant past.
g.1529
Vyūhasa
Wylie: rnam brgyan
Tibetan: རྣམ་བརྒྱན།
Sanskrit: vyūhasa
A kalpa in the distant past.
g.1530
water that has the eight qualities
Wylie: chab bzang yan lag brgyad ldan, yan lag brgyad dang ldan pa’i chu
Tibetan: ཆབ་བཟང་ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་ལྡན།, ཡན་ལག་བརྒྱད་དང་ལྡན་པའི་ཆུ།
Sanskrit: aṣṭāṅgopetavārin
Water that has the eight qualities of being sweet, cool, pleasant, light, clear, pure, not harmful to the throat, and beneficial for the stomach.
g.1531
white coral
Wylie: mu sa ra gal pa
Tibetan: མུ་ས་ར་གལ་པ།
Sanskrit: musalagalva
In other translations, this is translated into Tibetan as spug. White coral is fossilized coral that has undergone transformation under millions of years of underwater pressure. The Tibetan tradition describes it being formed from ice over a long period of time. It appears in one version of the list of the seven precious materials. It can also refer to tridacna (Tridacnidae) shell, which is also presently called musaragalva. Attempts to identify musalagalva have included sapphire, cat’s eye, red coral, conch, and amber.
g.1532
white lotus
Wylie: pun da ri ka
Tibetan: པུན་ད་རི་ཀ
Sanskrit: puṇḍarīka
Nelumbo nucifera. The white variant of the red lotus, which is otherwise the same species.
g.1533
world guardians
Wylie: ’jig rten gyi mgon po
Tibetan: འཇིག་རྟེན་གྱི་མགོན་པོ།
Sanskrit: lokapāla
These are a set of deities, each guarding a certain direction. Most commonly these are Indra (Śakra) for the east, Agni for the southeast, Yama for the south, Sūrya or Nirṛti for the southwest, Varuṇa for the west, Vāyu (Pavana) for the northwest, Kubera for the north, and Soma (Candra) or Iśāni or Pṛthivī for the northeast.
g.1534
yakṣa
Wylie: gnod sbyin
Tibetan: གནོད་སྦྱིན།
Sanskrit: yakṣa
A class of supernatural beings, often represented as the attendants of the god of wealth, although the term is also applied to spirits. Although they are generally portrayed as benevolent, the Tibetan translation means “harm giver,” as they are also capable of causing harm.
g.1535
yama
Wylie: gshin rje
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: yama
Deities in the realm of Yama.
g.1536
Yama
Wylie: gshin rje
Tibetan: གཤིན་རྗེ།
Sanskrit: yama
The lord of death, who judges the dead and rules over the hells; the realm of Yama is synonymous with the world of the pretas.
g.1537
Yāma
Wylie: mtshe ma
Tibetan: མཚེ་མ།
Sanskrit: yāma
The third (counting from the lowest) of the six paradises in the desire realm. The usual translation is ’thab bral from “Yāma.” Here, the Tibetan translation appears to be from Yama, the name for the lord of death.
g.1538
yāna
Wylie: theg pa
Tibetan: ཐེག་པ།
Sanskrit: yāna
A “way of going,” which primarily means a path or a way. It can also mean a conveyance or carriage; this definition is represented in commentarial literature by the Tibetan translation as “carrier,” and therefore it is also translated into English as “vehicle.”
g.1539
Yaśaḥparvata
Wylie: grags pa’i ri bo
Tibetan: གྲགས་པའི་རི་བོ།
Sanskrit: yaśaḥparvata
The seventh buddha in a kalpa in the distant past.
g.1540
Yaśaḥparvata­śrī­megha
Wylie: grags pa’i ri bo dpal gyi sprin
Tibetan: གྲགས་པའི་རི་བོ་དཔལ་གྱི་སྤྲིན།
Sanskrit: yaśaḥparvata­śrī­megha
One of countless buddhas in a past kalpa.
g.1541
Yaśaḥ­śuddhodita
Wylie: grags pa dag pas byung ba
Tibetan: གྲགས་པ་དག་པས་བྱུང་བ།
Sanskrit: yaśaḥ­śuddhodita
One of the future buddhas of this kalpa.
g.1542
Yaśas
Wylie: grags pa
Tibetan: གྲགས་པ།
Sanskrit: yaśas
The names of two future buddhas in this kalpa.
g.1543
Yaśodeva
Wylie: grags pa’i lha
Tibetan: གྲགས་པའི་ལྷ།
Sanskrit: yaśodeva
An upāsaka in Dhanyākara.
g.1544
Yaśodgata
Wylie: grags pas ’phags pa
Tibetan: གྲགས་པས་འཕགས་པ།
Sanskrit: yaśodgata
A bodhisattva present in Śrāvastī.
g.1545
Yaśottara
Wylie: grags mchog
Tibetan: གྲགས་མཆོག
Sanskrit: yaśottara
In chapter 29 the name of the eighth buddha in a list that begins with Kanaka­muni. In the Mahāvastu there is a list of past buddhas in which Yaśottara appears between Tiṣya and Puṣya.
g.1546
yellow sandalwood
Wylie: dus dang mthun pa’i tsan dan
Tibetan: དུས་དང་མཐུན་པའི་ཙན་དན།
Sanskrit: kālānusāri­candana
Sanskrit dictionaries also define the word as “gum benzoin” (not to be confused with the unrelated chemical, benzoin) and the Shisham or Indian Rosewood tree (Dalbergia sissoo). However, in this sūtra this is evidently referring to a kind of sandalwood (Santalum album). The name, which means “following time,” refers to the long-lasting scent of the wood. In other texts kālānusāri­candana is translated as dus kyi rjes su ’brang ba.
g.1547
Yeshé Dé
Wylie: ye shes sde
Tibetan: ཡེ་ཤེས་སྡེ།
Chief editor of the translation program based in Samyé Monastery from the late eighth to early ninth century in Tibet. He was from the Nanam (sna nam) clan, and so is often called Nanam Yeshé Dé.
g.1548
yojana
Wylie: dpag tshad
Tibetan: དཔག་ཚད།
Sanskrit: yojana
The longest unit of distance in classical India. The lack of a uniform standard for the smaller units means that there is no precise equivalent, especially as its theoretical length tended to increase over time. Therefore it can mean between four and ten miles.